HP Compaq Presario M2300 Maintenance And Service Manual
Main tenan ce and Ser vice Gu id e HP P a v ili on z e2 3 00 Notebook P C C ompaq Pr esar i o M2 3 00 Not ebook P C Doc ument P ar t Number : 3 8 3111-00 2 No vember 200 5 This guide is a troubleshooting reference used for maintaining and servicing the computer . It provides comprehensi ve information on identifying computer features, components, and spare parts; troubleshooting computer problems; and performing computer disassembly procedures.
© Copyright 2005 He wlett-Packard De velopment Compan y , L.P . Microsoft and W indows are U.S. re gistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel, Pentium, Celeron, and Centrino are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark o wned by its proprietor and used by He wlett-Packard Company under license. The information contained herein is su bject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompan ying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty . HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Maintenance and S erv ice Gui de HP P av ilion z e2 300 Not ebook PC Co mpaq Pr esar io M2 300 Noteboo k PC Second E ditio n No v ember 200 5 Fi r s t Ed i t i o n Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 5 Doc ument P ar t Number : 38 3111-00 2
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de iii Cont ent s 1 Product Description 1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â2 1.2 Resetting the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â4 1.3 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â5 1.4 External Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â6 1.5 Design Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â32 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 Accessing Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Computer Setup Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Selecting from the File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â3 Selecting from the Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â4 Selecting from the Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 Selecting from the Advanced Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â6 2.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â7
i v Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 3 Illustrated Parts Catalog 3.1 Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 3.2 Computer Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 3.3 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â14 3.4 Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â16 3.5 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â18 3.6 Sequential Part Number Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â20 4 Removal and Replacement Preliminaries 4.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.2 Service Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Plastic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Cables and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 4.3 Preventing Damage to Removable Drives . . . . . . . . 4â3 4.4 Preventing Electrostatic Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â4 4.5 Packaging and Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . 4â5 4.6 Workstation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 4.7 Grounding Equipment and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6
Cont ent s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de v 5 Removal and Replacement Procedures 5.1 Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 5.2 Disassembly Sequence Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassembly . . . . . . . . . 5â5 5.4 Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â6 5.5 Computer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â10 5.6 Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â11 5.7 Memory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â13 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Modul e . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â16 5.9 Keyboard Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â19 5.10 LED Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â22 5.11 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â24 5.12 Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â28 5.13 Base Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â33 5.14 RTC Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â39 5.15 Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â41 5.16 Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â43 5.17 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â45 5.18 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â47 5.19 Battery Connector Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â49 5.20 Power Connector Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â52 5.21 USB/S-Video Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â54 5.22 Bluetooth Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â56 5.23 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â58
v i Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 6 Specifications A Connector Pin Assignments B Power Cord Set Requirements C Screw Listing D Display Component Recycling Index
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â1 1 Pr oduc t D esc ription The HP Pa vilion ze2300 Notebook PC 1 and the Compaq Presario M2300 Notebook PC 2 of fer adv anced modularity , Intel® Mobile Pentium® M and Celeron® M processors, and extensi ve multimedia support. HP P av ilion z e2 300 and Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
1â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1.1 F e a t u r e s â Numerous references are made throughout this Maintenance and Service Guide to âfull-featuredâ and âdefeaturedâ computer models. A model is considered to be full-featured if it has 3 Uni versal Serial Bus ports and the follo wing components: â S-V ideo-out jack â Expansion port 2 â 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot or 6-in-1 Memory Reader A computer model is considered to be defeatured if it has only 2 Uni versal Serial Bus ports and none of the components in the preceding list. â The follo wing processors are av ailable, varying b y computer model: â Intel Pentium M 750 (1.80-GHz) with 400-MHz front-side b us (FSB) â Intel Pentium M 740 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 735A (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 730 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 725A (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 380 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 370 (1.50-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 360 (1.40-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 350 (1.30-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Full-featured models feature both Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors. Defeatured models feature only Celeron M processors.
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 â 15.0-inch XGA (1024 à 768) TFT display with ov er 16.7 million colors â 80-, 60-, or 40-GB high-capacity hard dri ve, v arying by computer model â 256-MB DDR2 synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) at 400 MHz, expandable to 1.0 GB â Microsoft® W indo ws® XP Home Edition or W indo ws XP Professional, v arying by computer model â Full-size W indo ws ke yboard with embedded numeric keypad â T ouchPad pointing de vice with dedicated vertical scroll region â Integrated 10Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet local area network (LAN) netw ork interface card (NIC) with RJ-45 jack â Integrated high-speed 56K modem with RJ-11 jack â Integrated wireless support for Mini PCI IEEE 802.11b and 802.11b/g WLAN de vice â Support for one T ype II PC Card slot, with support for both 32-bit (CardBus) and 16-bit PC Cards â External 65-watt A C adapter with 3-wire power cord â 6-cell or 12-cell Li-Ion battery pack â Stereo speakers with v olume up and down b uttons â Support for the follo wing optical driv es: â 8X D VD-R OM dri ve â 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Driv e â 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Dual Layer Driv e
1â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription â Connectors: â External monitor port â Uni versal Serial Bus (USB) v . 2.0 (up to 3 ports) â RJ-11 (modem) jack â RJ-45 (network) jack â Audio-out (headphone) jack â Audio-in (microphone) jack â Po wer â IEEE 1394 digital port â S-V ideo-out jack (select models only) â Expansion port 2 (select models only) â 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot (select models only) â 6-in-1 Memory Reader (select models only) 1 .2 Reset tin g t he Com p uter If the computer you are servicing has an unkno wn password, follo w these steps to clear the password. These steps also clear CMOS: 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3, âPreparing the Computer for Disassembly , â for more information). 2. Remov e the real-time clock (R TC) battery (refer to Section 5.14, âR TC Battery , â for more information).
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â5 3. W ait approximately 5 minutes. 4. Replace the R TC battery and reassemble the computer . 5. Connect A C po wer to the computer . Do not reinsert any battery packs at this time. 6. T urn on the computer . All passwords and all CMOS settings ha ve been cleared. 1. 3 P o w e r M a n a g e m e n t The computer comes with po wer management features that extend battery operating time and conserv e power . The computer supports the follo wing po wer management features: â Standby â Hibernation â Setting customization by the user â Hotke ys for setting the le vel of performance â Battery calibration â Lid switch standby/resume â Po wer button â Adv anced Configuration and Po wer Management (A CPM) compliance
1â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1 .4 External C ompon ents The external components on the front of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-1. F ront C omponents, HP P av ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â7 Ta b l e 1 - 1 Fr ont Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produce stereo sound. 2 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more optional inter nal wireless de vices, such as a WLAN and/or a Bluetooth® module (select models only), are tur ned on. 3P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 4 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical drive is being accessed. 5 Batter y light â On: The batter y pack is charging. â Blinking: The batter y pac k has reached a low-battery condition. â Off: The batter y pack is fully charged or not inser ted. 6 Displa y release button Opens the computer . 7A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound cha nnel) microphone. 8A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack Connects optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connects the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the front of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-2. F ront C omponents, Com paq Pre sar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â9 Ta b l e 1 - 2 Fr ont Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produce stereo sound. 2 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more optional inter nal wireless de vices, such as a WLAN and/or a Bluetooth module (selec t models only), are tur ned on. 3P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 4 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical drive is being accessed. 5 Batter y light â On: The batter y pack is charging. â Blinking: The batter y pac k has reached a low-battery condition. â Off: The batter y pack is fully charged or not inser ted. 6 Displa y release button Opens the computer . 7A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound cha nnel) microphone. 8A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack Connects optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connects the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-3. R ight -Si de Components, HP P a v ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â11 Ta b l e 1 - 3 Right-Side Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 USB por ts (1 or 2 depending on the computer model) Connect an optional USB de vice. 2 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot (select models only) Suppor ts an optional digital memor y card. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . Ã Security solutions ar e designed to act as deterrents. These deterrents ma y not pre vent a pr oduct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-4. R ight -Si de Components, C ompaq Pr esar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â13 Ta b l e 1 - 4 Right-Side Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 USB por ts (1 or 2 depending on the computer model) Connect optional USB de vices. 2 6-in-1 Memor y Reader (select models only) Suppor ts an optional digital memor y card. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Memor y Reader light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . Ã Security solutions ar e designed to act as deterrents. These deterrents ma y not prev ent a prod uct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-5. Le ft -Si de Components , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â15 Ta b l e 1 - 5 Left-Side Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects an A C adapter cable. 2 Monitor por t Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 3 Expansion por t 2* (select models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. 4 RJ-45 jack Connects an optional network cable . 5 RJ-11 jack Connects the modem cable . 6 USB por t Connects an optional USB de vice. 7 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 8 PC Card eject button Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. *The computer has only one e xpansion por t. The ter m e xpansion por t 2 describes the type of expansion por t.
1â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-6. Le ft -Side C omponents, Compaq Pr esar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â17 Ta b l e 1 - 6 Left-Side Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects an A C adapter cable. 2 Monitor por t Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 3 Expansion por t 2* (select models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. 4 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects an optional network cable . 5 RJ-11 (modem) jack Conn ects the modem cab le. 6 USB por t Connects an optional USB de vice. 7 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 8 PC Card eject button Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. *The computer has only one e xpansion por t. The ter m e xpansion por t 2 describes the type of expansion por t.
1â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the rear panel of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-7. R ear P anel Compone nts, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Ta b l e 1 - 7 Rear P anel Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Exhaust v ent Pro vides airflow to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct v ents. Do not allo w a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs, or clothing, to bloc k airflow .
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â19 The external components on th e rear panel of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho w n belo w an described in T able 1-8. R ear P anel Components , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Ta b l e 1 - 8 Rear P anel Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Exhaust v ent Pro vides airflow to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct v ents. Do not allo w a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs, or clothing, to bloc k airflow .
1â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The computer ke yboard components on the HP Pa vilion ze2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-9. K e y board C omponents, HP P av ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â21 T able 1-9 Ke yboard Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Function ke ys (12) P erf or m system and application tasks. When combined with the fn key , s ever al ke ys perform additional tasks as hotke ys. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and tur ns on the caps loc k light. 3 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 4 Windows logo k ey Displa ys the Windows Star t menu. 5W i n d o w s applications ke y Displa ys a shor tcut menu f o r items beneath the pointer . 6 Arrow k eys Mov es the cursor around the screen. 7 K eypad k eys (15) Can be used lik e the ke ys on an external numeric ke ypad. 8 num lock k ey On: Enables n umeric lock, turns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light.
1â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The computer ke yboard component s on the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-10. K e y board C omponents, Com paq Pr esar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 3 T able 1-10 Ke yboard Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Function ke ys (12) P erf or m system and application tasks. When combined with the Fn key , t h e function ke ys perf or m additional tasks as hotke ys. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and tur ns on the caps loc k light. 3 Fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing Fn F7 decreases screen brightness. 4 Windows logo k ey Displa ys the Windows Star t menu. 5W i n d o w s applications ke y Displa ys a shor tcut menu f o r items beneath the pointer . 6 Arrow k eys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7 K eypad k eys (15) Can be used like the k eys on an e xter nal numeric ke ypad. 8 num lock k ey Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light.
1â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The computer top components on the HP Pa vilion ze2300 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-11. T op Components, HP P av i lion z e2 300 T able 1-11 T op Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse. 2 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 3 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 4 Displa y switch If the computer is closed while on, initiates standby .
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 5 5 P ow er b utton When the computer is â Off , press to tur n on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standby , briefly press to resume from standb y . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer. 6 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 7 V olume mute b utton Mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 8 V olume up b utton Increases system v olume. 9 Wireless button (select models only) T urns the wireless functi onality on or off but does not create a wireless connection. â To establish a wireless connection, a wireless network must already be set up. 10 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the embedded k eypad is on. 11 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 12 T ouchP ad v er tical scrolling region Scrolls upward or do wnward. T able 1-11 T op Components HP P avilion ze2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The top components on the Compaq Presario M2300 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-12. T op Components, C ompaq Pres ari o M2 300 T able 1-12 T op Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse. 2 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 3 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 4 Displa y switch If the computer is closed while on, initiates standby .
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 7 5 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more optional inter nal wireless de vices, such as a WLAN and/or a Bluetooth module (selec t models only), are tur ned on. 6 P ow er b utton When the computer is â Off , press to tur n on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standby , briefly press to resume from standb y . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer. 7 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 8 V olume up b utton Increases system v olume. 9 V olume mute b utton Mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 10 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the embedded k eypad is on. 11 6-in-1 Memor y Reader light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 12 T ouchP ad v er tical and horizontal scroll regions Scroll upward or do wnward and left or right. T able 1-12 T op Components Compaq Presario M2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the bottom of the HP P avilion ze2300 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-13. Bottom Com ponents, HP P av ilion z e2 300 T able 1-13 Bottom Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Batter y pack release latch Releases a batter y pack from the batter y ba y . 3 Memor y module compar tment Contains two memory module slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memory modules v aries by computer model.
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 9 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not ob struct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a pr inte r , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6 Label area Contains the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. 7 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the display of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in your computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in your countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the device to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 8 Hard drive ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . T able 1-13 Bottom Components HP P avilion ze2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the bottom of the Compaq Presario M2300 are sho wn below and described in T able 1-14. Bo t tom Comp on en ts, Comp aq P r es ario M 2 300 T able 1-14 Bottom Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Batter y pack release latch Releases a batter y pack from the batter y ba y . 3 Memor y module compar tment Contains two memory module slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memory modules v aries by computer model.
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â31 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not ob struct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a pr inte r , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs, or clothing, to b lock airflo w . 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6 Label area Contains the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. 7 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the display of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in your computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in your countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the device to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 8 Hard drive ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . T able 1-14 Bottom Components Compaq Presario M2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription 1. 5 D e s i g n O v e r v i e w This section presents a design ov erview of k ey parts and features of the computer . Refer to Chapter 3, âIllustrated Parts Catalog, â to identify replacement parts, and Chapter 5, âRemo v al and Replacement Procedures, â for disassembly steps. The system board provides the follo wing de vice connections: â Memory module â Mini PCI communications module â Hard dri ve â Display â K eyboard and T ouchPad â Audio â Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors â Fan â PC Card à CA UTION: T o proper ly v entilate the comput er , allo w at least a 7 .6 -cm (3-inc h) clear ance on the left and r ight side s of the com puter . The computer uses an electric fan for v entilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to be turned on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected by high external temperatures, system po wer consumption, power management/battery conserv ation conf igurations, battery fast char ging, and software applications. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer .
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â1 2 T roubl es hooting à W ARNI NG: Only au thori zed t echni ci ans tr ained b y HP should r epair this equipmen t . All tr oubleshooting and r epair procedur es ar e detailed to allo w only subas sembl y-/module -lev el repair . Because of the comple xity of the indi v idual boar ds and subasse mblies , do not at tem pt to mak e repair s at the component le v el or modif icati ons to an y printed w ir ing boar d. Im pr oper r epairs can c r eate a safety ha z ard . An y indicati on of component r eplacement or pr inted w iring boar d modif icati on may v oid an y w arr ant y or e x change allo wance s. 2. 1 Com pu ter Setup Computer Setup is a preinstalled, R OM-based utility that can be used e ven when the operating system is not working or will not load. If the operating system is working, the computer restarts the operating system after you exit Computer Setup. â Pointing de vices are not supporte d in Computer Setup; you must use the ke yboard to navigate and make selections. The menu tables later in this chapter provide an o vervie w of Computer Setup options.
2â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Acce ssing Compute r Setup The information and settings in Computer Setup are accessed from the File, Security , T ools, and Adv anced menus. 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o vie w navig ation information, press f1 . â T o return to the Computer Setup menu, press esc . 2. Select the File , Security , T ools , or Advanced menu. 3. T o exit Computer Setup, choose one of the follo wing: â T o exit without sa ving any changes, use the arro w keys to select File > Ignor e changes and exit , and then follow the instructions on the screen. â T o exit and sa ve all the settings you ha ve entered, use the arro w keys to select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. Y our preferences are set when you exit Computer Setup and go into ef fect when the computer restarts. Com pu ter Setup Defaults T o return all settings in Computer Setup to the values that were set at the factory: 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o vie w navig ation information, press f1 . 2. Use the arro w keys to select File > Restor e defaults . 3. Select the Restore Defaults check box.
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â3 4. T o confirm the restoration, press f10 . 5. Select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. When the computer restarts, the factory settings are restored, and any identif ication information you hav e entered is sav ed. Selecti ng fr om the F ile Menu Ta b l e 2 - 1 File Menu Select T o Do This System Inf or mation â Vie w identification inf or mation about the computer and any battery packs in the system. â Vie w specification inf or mation about the processor , memor y and cache size , video re vision, ke yboard controller version, and system ROM. Sav e to flopp y Sav e system configuration settings to a disk ette. Restore to flopp y Restore system configuration settings from a diskette . Restore def aults Replace configurat ion settings in Computer Setup with f actor y def a ult se ttings. (Identification inf or mation is retained.) Ignore changes and e xit Cancel ch anges entered during the current session. Then e xit an d restar t the computer . Sav e changes and e xit Sav e changes entered during the current session. Then e xit and restar t t he computer . The changes you sa ve are to into ef f ect when the computer restar ts.
2â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Selec ting from the Sec urity Menu Ta b l e 2 - 2 Security Menu Select T o Do This Administrator pass word Enter , change , or delete an HP Administr ator pass word. P ow er-on pass word Enter , change, or delete a po wer-on passw o rd. P assw ord options â Enable/Disab le str ingent security . â Enable/Disab le required passw ord on restar t. DriveLoc k pass words Enable/disab le Dr iv eLoc k; change a DriveLoc k user or master pass word. â DriveLock Settings are accessible only when you enter Comput er Setup by turning on (not restarting) the computer. Smar t Card Secur ity Enable/disab le powe r-on suppor t for smar t cards. â This f eature is suppor ted by select smar t card readers only . Embedded Security â Enable/Disab le the embedded secur ity chip . â Restore embedded security chip to factory settings. â Enable/Disab le power-on authentication suppor t. â Enable/Disab le automatic Dr iv eLock. â Reset pow er-on authen tication credential â Embedded Security settings are accessible only if the computer is equipped with an embedded security chip. De vice security Enable/Disab le devices in the system. Enable NIC f or inclusion in MultiBoot. System IDs Enter user-defin ed identification v alues.
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â5 Selec ting fr om t he T ools Menu Ta b l e 2 - 3 To o l s M e n u Select T o Do This HDD Self T est options Run a quic k or comprehensive self-test on an y hard drive in the system. Batter y Inf or mation Vie w inf or matio n about an y batter y packs in the computer . Memor y Check â Run a self-test on memor y modules in the computer . â Vie w inf or mation about memor y modules installed in the computer .
2â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Selec ting from th e Ad vanced Menu Ta b l e 2 - 4 Adv anced Menu Select T o Do This Language (or press f2 ) Change the Computer Setup language . Boot options â Enable/Disab le MultiBoot, which sets a star tup sequence that can include most bootable de vices and media in the system. â Set the boot order . De vice options â Swap the functions of the fn k ey and left ctrl key . â Enable/Disab le multiple pointing de vices at star tup . (T o set the comp uter to suppor t only a single, usually nonstandard, pointing de vice at star tup , select Disable .) â Enable/Disab le USB legacy suppor t f or a USB ke yboard, mouse, and hu b . When USB legacy suppor t is enabled â A USB k eyboard, mouse , and hub work e v en when a Windows oper ating system is not loaded. â The computer star ts from a bootable hard drive , disk ette drive disk ette, or CD , CD-R W , or D VD inser ted into a dr iv e connected b y a USB connector to the computer or to an optional docking de vice. â Select a parallel por t mode: EPP (Enhanced P arallel P or t), standard, bidirectional, or ECP (Enhanced Capabilities P or t). â Enable/Disab le all settings in the SpeedStep window . (When Disable is selected, the computer runs in Ba tter y Optimized mode.)
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â7 2.2 T roubleshootin g Flo wc h arts Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc harts Over view Flowchart Description 2.1 âFlowchar t 2.1âInitial T r oub l eshootingâ 2.2 âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ow er , P ar t 1â 2.3 âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ow er , P ar t 2â 2.4 âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ow er , P ar t 3â 2.5 âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ow er , P ar t 4â 2.6 âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , P ar t 1â 2.7 âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , P ar t 2â 2.8 âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Do c king De vice (if applicable)â 2.9 âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loadingâ 2.10 âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1â 2.11 âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 2â 2.12 âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 3â 2.13 âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Disk ette Dr iv eâ
2â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flowchart Description 2.14 âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Driveâ 2.15 âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , P ar t 1â 2.16 âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , P ar t 2â 2.17 âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De viceâ 2.18 âFlowchar t 2.18âNonfunctioning K eyboardâ 2.19 âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning P ointing De viceâ 2.20 âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connectionâ Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc har ts Over vie w (Continued)
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 2â9 Flo wc har t 2. 1âIniti al T roubl eshooting Connecting to network or modem? Begin troubleshooting. Is there power? Is the OS loading? Is there video? (no boot) Is there sound? Beeps, LEDs, or error messages? Keyboard/ pointing device work- ing? Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â All drives working? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N End N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchart 2.18âNonfunc- tioning K eyboardâ or âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunc- tioning P ointing De vice. â Check LED board, speaker connections. Go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Netw ork/Modem Con nection. â
2â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.2âNo P o wer , P ar t 1 1. Reseat the power cables in the docking device and at the AC outlet. 2. Ensure the AC power source is active. 3. Ensure that the power strip is working. Done Remove from docking device (if applicable). Po we r up on batter y power? Po we r up on AC power? Power up in docking device? Po we r u p on batter y power? Po we r up in docking device? Done Reset power .* Reset power .* Po we r up on AC power? N Y Y N N Y N N Y Y YN 1. On select models, there is a separate reset button. 2. On select models, the computer can be reset using the standby switch and either the lid switch or the main power switch. *NOTES Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunction- ing Docking De vice (if applicable). â No power (power LED is off).
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â11 Flo wc har t 2.3âNo P o wer , P art 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Visually check for debris in batter y socket and cl ean if necessary . Done N Y Po we r on ? Check batter y by recharging it, moving it to another computer , or replacing it. Po we r on ? Done Y Replace power supply (if applicable). N Po we r on ? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â
2â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.4âNo P o wer , P ar t 3 Continued from âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat AC adapter in computer and at po wer sou rce. Internal or external AC adapter? Done Done Done Done Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Plug directly into AC outlet. Po we r LE D on? Po we r ou tl e t active? T r y different outlet. Replace external AC adapter . Replace power cord. Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N External Internal Go to âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ower , Pa r t 4 . â
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â13 Flowc h ar t 2.5 âN o P o w er , Part 4 Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Reseat loose components and boards and replace damaged items. Open computer . Loose or damaged parts? Y Close computer and retest. Po we r on ? Done N Replace the following items (if applicable). Check computer operation after each replacement: 1. Internal DC-DC converter* 2. Internal AC adapter 3. Processor board* 4. System board* *NOTE: Replace these items as a set to prevent shorting out among components.
2â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.6âNo Vid eo, P ar t 1 A N Stand-alone or docking device? No video. Replace the following one at a time . T est after each replacement. 1. Cable between computer and co mputer display (if applicable) 2. Display 3. System board Internal or external display*? Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Docking Device Internal Stand-alone External Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Y Press lid swi tc h to ensu re operation. Video OK? Done Y N Video OK? Done Done N Check for bent pins on cable. Tr y another display . Internal and external video OK? Replace system board. YY N N *NOTE: T o change from internal to external display , use the hotkey . Y Go to âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , Pa r t 2 . â
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â15 Flo wc har t 2.7âNo Vid eo, P ar t 2 Y N Continued from âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Done Adjust external monitor display . Video OK? Adjust display brightness. Video OK? Video OK? Done Done Check that computer is properly seated in docking device, for bent pins on cable, and for monitor connection. Go to âA â in âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Check brightness of external monitor . T r y another external monitor . Internal and external video OK? Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunction- ing Docking De vice (if applicable). â Y Y Y N N N Remove computer from dock- ing device, if connected.
2â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting F lo w cha rt 2 . 8 â No nf un cti on in g D ock in g D e v ic e (i f appl icable) Y N Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. N Check voltage setting on docking device. Reset monitor cable connector at docking device. Reinstall computer into dock- ing device. Docking device operating? Docking device operating? Done Done Y Nonfunctioning docking device. Remove computer , replace docking device. T est replacement docking device with new computer .
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â17 Flo wc har t 2.9âNo O pera ting S ystem (OS) Loadin g No OS loading from hard drive, go to âFlowchart 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1. â Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. No OS loading.* *NOTE: Before beginning troubleshooting, always check cable connections, cable ends, and drives for bent or damaged pins. No OS loading from diskette drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Dis- k ette Drive . â No OS loading from optical drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Drive . â No OS loading from network, go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 0âNo OS Load ing , H ard Driv e, Pa r t 1 Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunction- ing De vice. â Y Done N OS not loading from hard drive. Nonsystem disk message? Go to âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat external hard drive. OS loading? Done Boot from CD? Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Dis- kette Driv e. â Boot from hard drive? Boot from diskette? Change boot priority through the setup utility and reboot. Boot from hard drive? Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Check the setup utility for correct booting order .
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â19 Flowc h ar t 2. 1 1âN o OS L oa di n g , H ard Drive, Pa r t 2 Load OS using Oper- ating System disc (if applicable). Continued from âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 1. â Reseat hard drive. Done Disc or diskette in drive? 1. Replace hard drive. 2. Replace system board. Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Dis- kette Driv e. â Format hard drive and bring to ab o o t a b l e C:\ prompt. Create partition, and then format hard drive to boot- able C:\ prompt. Boot from diskette drive? Remove disc or diskette and reboot. Y N Boot from hard drive? Y N Y N Hard drive accessible? Y N Hard drive accessible? Done Run FDISK. Y N Hard drive partitioned? Hard drive formatted? Y N Y N Computer booted? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.12âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive, Pa r t 3 . â
2â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 2âNo OS Loa ding , H ard Dri v e, Pa r t 3 Y System files on hard drive? Continued from âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive, Pa r t 2 . â Clean virus. Done N Install OS and reboot. Virus on hard drive? OS loading from hard drive? Y N Y N Y N Diagnostics on disc or diskette? Replace hard drive. Run diagnostics and follow recommendations. Run SCANDISK and check for bad sectors. Can bad sectors be fixed? Replace hard drive. Y N Y N Fix ba d sectors. Boot from hard drive? Replace hard drive. Done
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â21 Flo wc har t 2. 1 3âNo OS Loa ding , Disk et te Driv e Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Diskette drive â System board Done Y N Reseat diskette drive. OS not loading from diskette drive. Done Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N OS loading? Nonsystem disk message? Bootable diskette in drive? Install bootable diskette and reboot computer . Check diskette for system files. Tr y d i f f e r e n t diskette. Nonsystem disk error? OS loading? Boot from another device? Enable drive and cold boot computer . Is diskette drive boot order cor- rect? Change boot priority using the setup utility . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Diskette drive enabled in the Setup utility? Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunction- ing De vice. â Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
2â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 4âN o OS Loadin g, O pti cal Driv e Y Done N Bootable disc in drive? Disc in drive? No OS loading from CD-ROM or DVD-ROM drive. Install bootable disc and reboot computer . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunction- ing De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Install bootable disc. Boots from CD or DVD? Boots from CD or DVD? T r y another bootable disc. Booting from another device? Booting order correct? Correct boot order using the setup utility . Done Reseat drive. Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 3 Flo wc h art 2. 1 5âN o Audio, P ar t 1 No audio. N Computer in docking device (if applicable)? Internal audio? Audio? Done Undock Audio? Done T urn up audio internally or externally . Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Replace the following docking device compo- nents one at a time, as applicable. Check audio status after each change. 1. Reseat docking device audio cable. 2. Replace audio cable. 3. Replace speaker . 4. Replace docking device audio board. 5. Replace backplane board. 6. Replace I/O board. Y Y Y Y N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â
2â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 6âNo Au dio, P art 2 YN Continued from âFlowchart 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Reload audio drivers. Audio driver in OS configured? Audio? Y Y Y N N N Correct drivers for application? Connect to external speaker . Load drivers and set configuration in OS. Audio? Done Replace audio board and speaker connections in computer (if applicable). Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Internal speakers. â Audio board (if applicable).
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 5 Flo wc har t 2. 1 7âNonfun c tioning De vice Done Any physical device detected? Y N Unplug the nonfunctioning device from the computer and inspect cables and plugs for bent or broken pins or other damage. Reseat device. Clear CMOS. Done Fix o r replace broken item. Nonfunctioning device. Reattach device. Close computer , plug in power , and reboot. Device boots properly? Go to âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operat- ing System (OS) Loading. â Device boots properly? Replace hard drive. Replace diskette drive. Replace NIC. If integrated NIC, replace system board. Y N Y N
2â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 8âNonfun c tioning K e yboard Y N Keyboard operating properly? Keyboard not operating prop- erly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external key- board. Reseat internal key- board connector (if applicable). Replace internal keyboard or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Keyboard operating properly?
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 7 Flo wc har t 2. 1 9âN onfunc tionin g P ointin g De vice Y N Pointing device not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external pointing device. Reseat internal pointing device connector (if applicable). Replace internal pointing device or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly? Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly?
2â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.20âNo N et w ork/Modem Conn ectio n Y Disconnect all power from the computer and open. No network or modem connec- tion. N Done Digital line? Network or modem jack active? Replace jack or have jack acti- vated. Connect to nondigital line. NIC/modem configured in OS? Reload drivers and recon- figure. Reseat NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace system board. Done N N N N Y Y Y Y Network or modem connec- tion working? Network or modem connec- tion working?
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â1 3 I llus trated P ar ts C a talog This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdo wn and a reference for spare part numbers and option part numbers. 3. 1 Serial N umber Location When ordering parts or requesting information, provide the computer serial number and model number located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
3â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.2 Comp uter M ajor Com ponen ts Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components Item Description Spare P ar t Number 1 Displa y assemblies (include wireless antenna transceiv ers and cab les) 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 394452-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 M2300 models 381065-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models 395138-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 381066-001 Display hinge brac kets (not illustrated) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382417-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 383190-001 Hinge cover (not illustrated; f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models) 382418-001 2 K eyboar d covers (include wireless b utton and light) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models with wireless capability F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models without wireless capability 395143-001 395145-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models with wireless capability F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models without wireless capability 382407-001 382409-001 3 LED boar ds (include cab le, not illustrated) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382415-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382907-001
3â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major Components, Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â5 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 4 K eyboar ds F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models in: Belgium Brazil Denmark Europe and The Netherlands Fr a n c e F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy Ko r e a Norwa y 381068-A41 381068-201 381068-081 381068-331 381068-051 381068-121 381068-041 381068-151 381068-bb1 381068-061 381068-ad1 381068-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n The United Kingdom Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States 381068-131 381068-171 381068-071 381068-b71 381068-111 381068-ab1 381068-031 381068-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models in: Europe and The Netherlands Ko r e a Latin America 367777-331 367777-AD1 367777-161 Sweden/Finland Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom The United States 367777-B71 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031 367777-001
3â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â7 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 5 T op co vers (include T ouchP ad) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 395139-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 395140-001 6 Speaker assemblies F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382410-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 383189-001 7 Bluetooth modules 376651-001 and 399777-001 8 USB/S-Video contr oller board 382416-001 9 P ower connector boar d 382414-001 10 Fa n (includes ther mal pad) 382411-001 11 Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 395436-001
3â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major Components, Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â9 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 12 Processors (include thermal pad) Intel P entium M 750 (1.8 0-GHz) with 400-MHz front-side b us (FSB) Intel P entium M 740 (1.70- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735A (1 .70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 730 (1.60- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1 .60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 394827-001 394826-001 407315-001 397100-001 394825-001 Intel Celeron M 380 (1.70- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.50- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.40- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.30- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 397344-001 383876-001 380033-001 380032-001 13 Battery connector board 382413-001 14 System board (includes disk cell R TC batter y) 395135-001 15 Base enclosures F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 395141-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 395142-001 16 Hard drives (include frame and connector) 5400-r pm, 40 GB 4200-r pm, 80 GB 4200-r pm, 60 GB 4200-r pm, 40 GB 394453-001 381398-001 381397-001 381396-001
3â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â11 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382400-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382401-001 17a 17b 17c Includes: Hard drive co ver (includes tw o captive scre ws) Memor y module compar tment co v er (includes 2 captiv e screws) Mini PCI compar tment cov er (includes 2 captiv e screws) PC Card slot space sav er and computer f eet (not illustrated) 408482-001 18 Mini PCI communications modules Broadcomm 802.11b/g wir eless local access network (WLAN) module f or use in most of the wor ld Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 373047-001 373048-001 Intel 802.11b/g WLAN modu le f or use in most of the w orld Intel 802.11b/g WLAN modu le f or use in the rest of the w or ld 373025-001 373026-001 TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the w orld TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the w or ld 392591-001 392591-002 FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the w orld FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 390622-001 390622-002
3â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major Components, Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â13 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 19 Memor y modules (266 MHz) 512-MB 381395-001 256-MB 381394-001 SD Car d Memory modules 256-MB 403573-001 128-MB 403572-001 20 Optical drives (include bezel) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM drive 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381399-001 381401-001 390141-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM drive 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381400-001 381402-001 390142-001 21 Battery packs 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 396603-001 and 367760-001 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 398832-001 and 367759-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 396602-001 and 398065-001
3â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3. 3 M iscellan eous P l a stic s Kit Misce llaneous P lastic s K it
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â15 T able 3-2 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F o r use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382400-001 F o r use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382401-001 1 2 3 Includes: Memor y module compar tment cov er Mini PCI compar tment cov er Hard drive co ver PC Card slot space sa ver and computer feet 408482-001 4 5 Includes: PC Card slot space sa ver Computer f eet (4)
3â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.4 M a s s St or a g e De vi ce s Mass S tor age De v ice s
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â17 T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number 1 Har d drives (include frame and connector) 5400-r pm, 40 GB 4200-r pm, 80 GB 4200-r pm, 60 GB 4200-r pm, 40 GB 394453-001 381398-001 381397-001 381396-001 2 Optical drives F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381399-001 381401-001 390141-001 F o r use on Compaq Pr esario M2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381400-001 381402-001 390142-001 USB digital drive (not illustrated) 364727-001
3â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.5 Miscell aneous (N ot I llustra ted) Ta b l e 3 - 4 Miscellaneous (not illustrated) Spare P ar t Information Description Spare P ar t Number A u dio Y cable 2 379452-001 HP backpac k 405527-001 HP remote control 371694-001 Logo Kits F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382404-001 F o r use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382405-001 Notebook entertainment cable 2 375759-001 USB travel mouse 309674-001 Wired headset with v olume control 371693-001 65-watt A C adapter 371790-001 and 403551-001 Screw Kit (includes the f ollowing scre ws; ref er to Appendix C, âScre w Listing, â f or more information on screw specifications and usage) F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382402-001 F o r use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382403-001 Includes: â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 round head screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM1.5Ã2.0 screw
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â19 Po w e r c o r d s , f or use in: A u stralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance, Germany , Greece, the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-021 Brazil 373979-201 Canada, F rench Canada, Latin America, Thailand, and The United States 373979-001 Denmark 373979-081 Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 373979-031 Israel 373979-BB1 Italy 373979-061 K orea 373979-AD1 P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AA1 Switzerland 373979-111 Ta b l e 3 - 4 Miscellaneous (not illustrated) Spare P ar t Information (Continued) Description Spare P ar t Number
3â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.6 Sequ enti al P ar t Number Lis ting T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing Spare P ar t Number Description 309674-001 USB tra v el mouse 364727-001 USB digital drive 367759-001 Batter y pack, 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 367760-001 Batter y pack, 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 367777-001 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in the United States 367777-031 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in the United Kingdom 367777-161 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in Latin America 367777-281 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presar io M2300 models in Thailand 367777-331 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in the Netherlands 367777-AB1 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presar io M2300 models in Ta i w a n 367777-AD1 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models in K orea 371693-001 Wired headset with v olume control 371694-001 HP remote control 371790-001 65-watt A C adapter 373025-001 Mini PCI communications mo dule , 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â21 Spare P ar t Number Description 373026-001 Mini PCI communications mo dule , 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 373047-001 Mini PCI communications module , 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 373048-001 Mini PCI communications module , 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the world) 373979-001 P ow er cord f or use in Cana da, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiw an, Thailand, and the United States 373979-011 P ow er cord f or use in A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-021 P ow er cord f or use in Be lgium, Europe, Finland, F rance, Ger many , Greece , the Nether lands , Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-031 P ow er cord f or use in Ho ng K ong and the United Kingdom 373979-061 P ow er cord f or use in Italy 373979-081 P ow er cord f or use in Denmark 373979-111 P ow er cord f or use in Switzerland 373979-201 P ow er cord f or use in Brazil 373979-AA1 P ow er cord f or use in P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AD1 P ower cord f or use in K orea 373979-BB1 P ow er cord f or use in Israel 375759-001 Notebook Enter tainment Cable 2 376651-001 Broadcomm Bluetooth module 379452-001 A udio Y cable 2 380032-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 350 (1.3-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog Spare P ar t Number Description 380033-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 360 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 381065-001 Displa y assembly , 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , for use on HP P avilion ze2300 models (inclu des wireless antenna transceiv ers and cab les) 381066-001 Displa y assembly , 15 .0-inch, XGA TFT , for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables) 381068-001 K eyboard f or use on HP P avili on ze2300 models in Asia P acific, A u stralia, Canada, Hong K ong, t he P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States 381068-031 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in the United Kingdom 381068-041 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Germany 381068-051 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in F rance 381068-061 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in Italy 381068-071 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Spain 381068-081 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Denmark 381068-091 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Norw ay 381068-111 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vi lion ze2300 models in Switz er land 381068-121 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in F rench Canada 381068-131 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in P or tugal 381068-151 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Greece 381068-171 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in Saudi Arabia T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 3 Spare P ar t Number Description 381068-201 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Br azil 381068-331 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion ze2300 models in Europe and The Netherlands 381068-A41 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion z e2300 models in Belgium 381068-AB1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in T aiwan 381068-AD1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion z e2300 models in K orea 381068-B71 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models in Sweden/Finland 381068-BB1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Isr ael 381394-001 Memor y module, 256-MB (266 MHz) 381395-001 Memor y module, 512-MB (266 MHz) 381396-001 Hard drive, 4200-rpm, 40 -GB (includes frame and connector) 381397-001 Hard drive, 4200-rpm, 60 -GB (includes frame and connector) 381398-001 Hard drive, 4200-rpm, 80 -GB (includes frame and connector) 381399-001 8X D VD-ROM Driv e f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models (includes bezel) 381400-001 8X D VD-ROM Drive f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models (includes bezel) 381401-001 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Driv e f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models (includes bezel) 381402-001 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes bezel) 382400-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382401-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog Spare P ar t Number Description 382402-001 Scre w Kit f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382403-001 Scre w Kit F or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models 382404-001 Logo Kit f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382405-001 Logo Kit f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382407-001 K eyboard cov er f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models with wireless capability (inc ludes wireless button and light) 382409-001 K eyboard cov er f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models without wireless capability (inc ludes wireless bu tton and light) 382410-001 Speaker assemb ly for us e on HP P a vilion ze2300 models 382411-001 F an (includes ther mal pad) 382413-001 Batter y connector board 382414-001 P ow er connector board 382415-001 LED board f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models (includes cab le) 382416-001 USB/S-Video controller board 382417-001 Displa y hinge brac kets f o r use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382418-001 Hinge cov ers (for use only on Compaq Presario M2300 models) 382907-001 LED board f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes cab le) 383189-001 Speaker assemb ly for us e on Compaq Presario M2300 models 383190-001 Displa y hinge brac kets f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 383876-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 370 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 5 Spare P ar t Number Description 390141-001 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive f or use on HP P avilion ze 2300 m odels (includes bezel) 390142-001 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes bezel) 390622-001 FR VL 802.11 b/g WLAN module , f or use in most of the world 390622-002 FR VL 802.11 b/g WLAN module, f or use in the rest of the world 392591-001 TI 802.11 b/g WLAN module, f or use in most of the world 392591-001 TI 802.11 b/g WLAN module, f or use in the rest of the world 394452-001 Displa y assembly , 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , for use on HP P avilion ze2300 models (inclu des wireless antenna transceiv ers and cab les) 394453-001 Hard drive, 5400-rpm, 40 -GB (includes frame and connector) 394825-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 725A (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 394826-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 740 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 394827-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 750 (1.80-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 395135-001 System board 395138-001 Displa y assembly , 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 mode ls (includes wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables) 395139-001 T op co v er f or use with HP P avilion ze2300 models 395140-001 T op co v er f or use with Compaq Presario M2300 models 395141-001 Base enclosure f or use with HP P avilion ze2300 models 395142-001 Base enclosure f or use wit h Compaq Presario M2300 models T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog Spare P ar t Number Description 395143-001 K eyboard cov er f or use with HP P avilion ze2300 models with wireless capability 395145-001 K eyboard cov er f or use wi th HP P avilion ze2300 models without wireless capability 395436-001 Heat sink (i ncludes ther mal pad) 396602-001 6-cell, 4.0-Amp hour batter y pack 396603-001 12-cell, 8.0-Amp hour batter y pack 397100-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 730 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 397344-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 380 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 398065-001 6-cell, 4.0-Amp hour batter y pack 398832-001 6-cell, 4.4-Amp hour batter y pack 399777-001 Broadcomm Bluetooth module 403551-001 65-watt, PFC A C adapter 403572-001 SD Card 128-MB memor y module 403573-001 SD Card 256-MB memor y module 405527-001 HP backpac k 407315-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 735A (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 408482-001 PC Card slot space sav er and computer f eet T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â1 4 Remo v al an d Re p l acemen t Preliminaries This chapter provides essential information for proper and safe remov al and replacement service. 4. 1 T ools Required Y ou will need the following tools to complete the remo val and replacement procedures: â Magnetic scre wdriv er â Phillips P0 scre wdriv er â Flat-bladed scre wdriv er â T ool kitâincludes connector remov al tool, loopback plugs, and case utility tool
4â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.2 Ser vice C onsidera tions The follo wing sections include some of the considerations that you should keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. â As you remov e each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompan ying s) aw ay from the work area to pre vent damage. Pl a s t i c Pa r t s Using excessi ve force during disassembly and reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. Ca bl es and C onnec tors à CA UTION: When servic ing the c omputer , ensur e that c ables ar e placed in their pr oper locatio ns during the r eass embly pr ocess . Impr oper cable placement can damage the com puter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to a void damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during remov al and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whene ver possible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Ensure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged b y parts being remov ed or replaced. Handle flex cables w ith e xtreme care; these cables tear easily .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â3 4. 3 Pr e v enti ng Damage t o R emo v able D ri v es Remov able dri ves are fragile components that must be handled with care. T o prev ent damage to the computer , damage to a remov able dri ve, or loss of information, observ e the following precautions: â Before removing or inserting a hard dri ve, shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is off or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. â Before removing a disk ette driv e or optical driv e, ensure that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and ensure that the optical dri ve tray is closed. â Before handling a dri ve, ensure that you are dischar ged of static electricity . While handling a dri ve, av oid touching the connector . â Handle dri ves on surfaces co vered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. â A void dropping dri ves from an y height onto any surf ace. â After removing a hard dri ve, an optical dri ve, or a disk ette dri ve, place it in a static-proof bag. â A void exposing a hard dri ve to products that ha ve magnetic f ields, such as monitors or speakers. â A void exposing a dri ve to temperature e xtremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed, place the dri ve in a b ubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protecti ve packaging and label the package âFRA GILE: Handle W ith Care. â
4â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.4 Pr e v enting El ec trostati c Dam ag e Many electronic components are sensiti ve to electrostatic dischar ge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensiti vity . Networks b uilt into many inte grated circuits provide some protection, b ut in many cases, the dischar ge contains enough po wer to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A sudden dischar ge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensiti ve de vices or microcircuitry . Often the spark is neither felt nor heard, b ut damage occurs. An electronic de vice exposed to electrostatic dischar ge might not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the de vice might function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life e xpectancy .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â5 4.5 P ac k a ging an d T ranspor tin g Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions when packaging and transporting equipment: â T o av oid hand contact, transport products in static-safe containers, such as tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect all electrostatic-sensiti ve parts and assemblies with conducti ve or approv ed containers or packaging. â K eep electrostatic-sensitiv e parts in their containers until the parts arri ve at static-free w orkstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before remo ving items from their containers. â Alw ays be properly grounded when touching a sensiti ve component or assembly . â Store reusable electrostatic-sensiti ve parts from assemblies in protecti ve packaging or nonconducti ve foam. â Use transporters and con ve yors made of antistatic belts and roller b ushings. Ensure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to a v oid static charging. When grounding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges.
4â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.6 W orksta tion Precau tions Use the follo wing grounding precautions at workstations: â Cov er the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material (refer to T able 4-2, âStatic-Shielding Materialsâ ). â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conducti ve field service tools, such as cutters, scre wdriv ers, and v acuums. â When using f ixtures must directly contact dissipati ve surf aces, use f ixtures made only of static-safe materials. â K eep the work area free of nonconductiv e materials, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle electrostatic-sensiti ve components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â A void contact with pins, leads, or circuitry . â T urn off po wer and input signals before inserting or removing connectors or test equipment. 4.7 Groundin g E quip ment an d Methods Grounding equipment must include either a wrist strap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. T o pro vide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conducti ve floors or dissipati ve floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. T o be effecti ve, the conducti ve strips must be worn in contact with the skin.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â7 Other grounding equipment recommended for use in pre v enting electrostatic damage includes: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and slee ve protectors â Conducti ve bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconducti ve foam â Conducti ve tabletop w orkstations with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipati ve tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static aw areness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconducti ve plastic bags, tubes, or box es â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic v oltage le vels and protecti ve materials
4â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es T able 4-1 shows ho w humidity af fects the electrostatic v oltage le vels generated by dif ferent acti vities. T able 4-2 lists the shielding protection provided b y antistatic bags and floor mats. Ta b l e 4 - 1 T ypical Electro static V oltage Levels Relative Humidity Event 10% 40% 55% W alking across car pet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V W alking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vin yl tra y 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrof oam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing b ubble pac k from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7 ,000 V P acking PCBs in f oam-lined bo x 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V â A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Ta b l e 4 - 2 Static-Shielding Materials Material Use V oltage Protection Level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic F loor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â1 5 Remo v al an d Re p l acemen t Pr ocedure s This chapter provides remo val and replacement procedures. There are 66 scre ws, in 8 different sizes, that must be remo ved, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer . Make special note of each scre w size and location during remov al and replacement. Refer to Appendix C, âScre w Listing, â for detailed information on scre w sizes, locations, and usage.
5â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 Seri al N umber Report the computer serial number to HP when requesting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 .2 Di s assem bl y Seque nce Chart Use the chart belo w to determine the section number to be referenced when removing computer components. Disassembl y Sequence Char t Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassemb ly Batter y pack 0 5.4 Hard Drive 2 loosened to remov e the hard drive cov er 4 remov ed to disassemble the hard drive 5.5 Computer F eet 0 5.6 Optical Drive 1 5.7 Memor y Module 2 loosened to remov e the memor y module compar tment cov er 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Module 1 loosened to remov e the Mini PCI compar tment cov er à T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f o r use in y our computer by the go ver nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 5.9 K eyboard Co ver 2 5.10 LED Board 2 5.11 Key b o a r d 4
5â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.12 Displa y Assemb ly HP Pa vilion ze2300 = 4 Compaq Presario M2300 = 6 5.13 Base Enclosure HP P avilion ze 2300 = 23 Compaq Presario M2300 = 25 5.14 RT C B a t t e r y 0 5.15 Speaker Assemb ly 0 5.16 Heat Sink 3 5.17 Fa n 2 5.18 Processor 1 loosened 5.19 Batter y Connector Board 2 5.20 P ow er Connector Board 2 5.21 USB/S-Video Controller Board 1 5.22 Bluetooth Module 2 5.23 System Board HP P avilion z e2300 = 2 Compaq Presario M2300 = 4 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued)
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 5 .3 Preparing t he C om puter for Di sassem bl y Before you begin an y remov al or installation procedures: 1. Shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external de vices connected to the computer . 3. Disconnect the po wer cord. 4. Remov e the battery pack by follo wing these steps: a. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. Battery P ack Spare P a rt Number Information 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 396603-001 and 367760-001 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 398832-001 and 367759-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 396602-001 and 398065-001
5â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es b . Slide and hold the battery release latch 1 to the left. (The front edge of the battery pack disengages from the computer .) c. Lift the front edge of the battery pack 2 up and swing it back. d. Remov e the battery pack. R emo v i ng the Battery P ack Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the battery pack. 5 .4 Hard Driv e Har d Drive Spare P ar t Number Information 5400-r pm, 40 GB 4200-r pm, 80 GB 4200-r pm, 60 GB 4200-r pm, 40 GB 394453-001 381398-001 381397-001 381396-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 1. Position the computer with the rear panel to ward you. 2. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the hard dri ve cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the right side of the cov er 2 and swing it to the left. 4. Remov e the hard driv e cov er . â The hard dri ve cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 382400-001 (for use on HP Pavilion ze2300 models) and 382401-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models). R emo v ing the H ar d Dri ve C o ver
5â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. Grasp the mylar tab 1 and lift the hard dri ve until it disconnects from the computer . 6. Remov e the hard driv e 2 from the hard dri ve bay . R emo v ing the H ar d Dri ve
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â9 7. Remov e the four PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the hard dri ve frame to the hard dri ve. 8. Lift the frame 2 up to remov e if from the hard driv e. 9. Slide the hard dri ve connector 3 to ward you and remov e it. R emo v ing the H ar d Dri ve F r ame and Connec tor Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the hard dri ve.
5â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 5 C o m p u t e r F e e t The computer feet are adhesi ve-backed rubber pads. The feet are a v ailable using spare part number 408482-001. The feet attach to the base enclosure as illustrated belo w . Re p la ci n g th e C om p ut e r Fee t
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â11 5 .6 Optical Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Optical Drive Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 381399-001 381401-001 390141-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 381400-001 381402-001 390142-001
5â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the PM2.0Ã7.0 screw 1 that secures the optical dri ve to the computer . 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip 2 , into the media tray release hole. (The optical dri ve media tray releases from the optical dri ve.) 4. Use the media tray frame to slide the optical dri ve 3 to the right. 5. Remov e the optical driv e. R emo v i ng the Optical Dr i v e Re v erse the abov e procedure to install an optical driv e.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â13 5. 7 M e m o r y M o d u l e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3 ). Memory Module Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation 512-MB 381395-001 256-MB 381394-001 and 403573-001 128-MB 403572-001
5â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Position the computer with the rear panel to ward you. 3. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cov er to the computer . 4. Lift the rear edge of the memory module compartment cove r 2 up and swing it tow ard you. 5. Remov e the memory module compartment cove r . â The memory module compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 382400-001 (for use on HP Pavilion ze2300 models) and 382401-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models). R emo v ing the Memory Module C ompartment Co ver
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â15 6. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module socket to release the memory module. (The right side of the module rises aw ay from the computer .) 7. Slide the module 2 aw ay from the socket at an angle. â Memory modules are designed with a security notch 3 to pre vent incorrect installation into the memory module socket. R emo v ing the Memory Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a memory module.
5â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .8 M ini P CI Comm unica tions Module 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the memory module compartment cove r ( Section 5.7 ). 3. Position the computer with the front to ward you. Mini PCI Comm unications Module Spare P ar t Number Information Broadcomm 802.11b/g wireless local access network (WLAN) module f or use in most of the wor ld) Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN modu le f or use in the rest of the w or ld 373047-001 373048-001 Intel 802.11b/g WLAN module f o r use in most of the world Intel 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 373025-001 373026-001 TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the world TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 392591-001 392591-002 FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the world FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN modulef or use in the rest of the world 390622-001 390622-002
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â17 4. Loosen the PM2.0Ã5.0 scre w 1 that secures the Mini PCI compartment cov er to the computer . 5. Lift the rear edge of the Mini PCI compartment cov er 2 up and then swing it to ward you. 6. Remov e the Mini PCI compartment cov er . â The Mini PCI compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 382400-001 (for use on HP Pavilion ze2300 models) and 382401-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models). R emo v i ng the Mini P CI Compartment C o ve r
5â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Before disconnecting the cables, make note of which wireless antenna cable is attached to which antenna clip on the Mini PCI communications module. 7. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables 1 from the Mini PCI communications module. 8. Spread the two retaining tabs 2 that secure the Mini PCI communications module to the communications compartment socket. (The front edge of the module rises up). 9. Remov e the wireless communications module 3 by pulling the module aw ay from the socket at a 45-degree angle. â Mini PCI communications modules are designed with a security notch 4 to pre vent incorrect installation into the Mini PCI socket. R emo ving a Mini P CI Comm unicati ons Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a Mini PCI communications module.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â19 5 .9 K e yboard Co v er 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. T urn the computer upside down with the rear panel to ward you. Ke yboard Co ver Spare Pa r t Number Inf ormation F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models with wireless capability (includes wireless button and light) F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models without wireless capability (includes wireless bu tton and light) 395143-001 395145-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models with wireless capability (includes wireless bu tton and light) F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models without wireless capability (includes wireless bu tton and light) 382407-001 382409-001
5â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã8.0 scre ws that secure the ke yboard cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the K ey board C ov er Scr e ws
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â21 4. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 5. Open the computer as far as possible. 6. Insert a flat blade tool into the ke yboard cover notches behind the f4 , f12 , and insert ke ys 1 and lift up 2 until the ke yboard cov er disengages from the computer . 7. Remov e the keyboard co ver . R emo v i ng the K ey board C ov er Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the keyboard co ver .
5â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 0 LED Bo ard 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the keyboard co ver ( Section 5.9 ). LED Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382415-001 382907-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 3 3. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the keyboard cable 1 from the system board. 4. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 2 that secure the LED board to the computer . 5. Remov e the LED board 3 . R emo v i ng the LED Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the LED board.
5â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 1 K eyb o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the keyboard co ver ( Section 5.9 ). Ke yboard Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models in: Belgium Brazil Denmark Europe and The Netherlands F rance F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy Ko r e a Norwa y 381068-A41 381068-201 381068-081 381068-331 381068-051 381068-121 381068-041 381068-151 381068-bb1 381068-061 381068-ad1 381068-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n The United Kingdom Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States 381068-131 381068-171 381068-071 381068-b71 381068-111 381068-ab1 381068-031 381068-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models in: Europe and The Netherlands Ko r e a Latin America 367777-331 367777-AD1 367777-161 Sweden/Finland Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom The United States 367777-B71 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031 367777-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 5 3. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure the k eyboard to the computer . R emo v i ng the K ey board S cr e ws
5â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. Lift the rear edge of the ke yboard and swing it to ward you until it rests on the palm rest. Re le a s i n g th e Keybo a rd
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 7 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the keyboard. Disconnecting the K e yboar d Cable Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the keyboard.
5â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 2 D ispla y Asse mbl y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) b . Mini PCI compartment co ver ( Section 5.8 ) c. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) d. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) Displa y Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on HP P avilion ze2300 models 394452-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 M2300 models 381065-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models 395138-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 381066-001 Displa y hinge brack ets (not illustrated) F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382417-001 383190-001 Hinge cov er (not illustrated; f o r use only on Compaq Presario M2300 models) 382418-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 9 2. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. 3. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI communications module 1 . 4. Remov e the cables from the clip 2 in the base enclosure. Disconnecting and R emo v ing the W ir eless A ntenna Cables
5â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. T urn the computer display-side up with the front towa rd you. 6. Open the display . 7. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the system board. 8. Remov e the wireless antenna cables from the clips 2 in the top cov er . Disconnecting the Dis pla y Cable s
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â31 Ã CA UTION: Support the display a ssembl y when r emov ing the follo wi ng sc r ew s. F ailur e to follo w this cautio n can r esult in damage to the displa y ass embl y . â Steps 9 and 10 apply only to HP Pa vilion ze2300 models. See steps 11 and 12 in this section for information on removing the display assembly on Compaq Presario M2300 models. 9. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 10. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Assembl y Scr ew s, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Onl y
5â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es à CA UTION: Support the display a ssembl y when r emov ing the follo wi ng sc r ew s. F ailur e to follo w this cautio n can r esult in damage to the displa y ass embl y . â Steps 11 and 12 apply only to Compaq Presario M2300 models. 11. Remov e the six PM2.0Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 12. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Assembl y , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the display assembly .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 3 5. 1 3 B a s e E n c l o s u r e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) 2. Position the computer with the front panel to ward you. Base Enc losure Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 395141-001 395142-001
5â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 3 through 5 apply only to HP Pa vilion ze2300 models. See steps 6 through 8 in this section for information on removing the base enclosure scre ws on Compaq Presario M2300 models. 3. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã8.0 screws 1 and the tw o PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 2 that secure the base enclosure to the computer . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 1, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Only
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 4. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. 5. Remov e the following: 1 Fi ve PM2.0Ã16.0 scre ws that secure the base enclosure the computer 2 Se ven PM2.0Ã8.0 scre ws that secure the base enclosure the computer 3 Six PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws that secure the base enclosure the computer R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 2 , HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Only
5â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 6 through 8 apply only to Compaq Presario M2300 models. 6. Remov e the six PM2.0Ã8.0 screws 1 and the PM2.0Ã4.0 scre w 2 that secure the base enclosure to the computer . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 1, Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 7 7. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. 8. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 and the f ifteen PM2.0Ã8.0 scre ws 2 that secure the base enclosure to the computer . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 2 , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only
5â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 9 and 10 apply to both HP Pa vilion ze2300 and Compaq Presario M2300 models. 9. Lift the rear edge of the base enclosure 1 until it disengages from the computer . 10. Slide the base enclosure 2 back and remov e it. R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the base enclosure.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 9 5. 1 4 R TC B a t t e r y â The R TC battery is spared with the system board spare part kits. If the battery needs to be replaced, use an âML1220â model battery . 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 )
5â40 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the R TC battery from the socket on the system board. R emo v ing the RT C Batter y Re verse the abo ve procedure to install the R TC battery . Make sure the battery is installed with the â â side facing up.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â41 5 . 1 5 Spea k er Assem b l y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) Speaker Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382410-001 383189-001
5â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Disconnect the speaker cable 1 from the system board. 3. Lift the speaker 2 straight up to remo ve it from the top co ver . R emo v i ng the Speak er Ass embly Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the speaker assembly .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â43 5 . 1 6 Hea t Sink 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) Heat Sink Spare P ar t Number Information Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 395436-001
5â44 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Disconnect the fan cable 1 from the system board. 3. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the heat sink to the top cov er . 4. Remov e the heat sink 3 . R emo v i ng the Heat Sink Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the heat sink.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 5 5. 1 7 Fa n 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) j. Heat sink ( Section 5.16 ) 2. T urn the heat sink upside down with the front panel to ward you. F an Spare P ar t Number Information F an (includes ther mal pad) 382411-001
5â46 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 1 that secure the fan to the heat sink. 4. Remov e the fan 2 . R emo v ing the Fan Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the fan.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 7 5. 1 8 P r o c e s s o r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) j. Heat sink ( Section 5.16 ) Pr ocessor Spare P ar t Number Information Intel P entium M 750 (1.80-GH z) with 400-MHz front-side bus (FSB) Intel P entium M 740 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735A (1.7 0-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 730 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1.6 0-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 394827-001 394826-001 407315-001 397100-001 394825-001 Intel Celeron M 380 (1.70- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.50- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.40- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.30- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 397344-001 383876-001 380033-001 380032-001
5â4 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. T urn the processor locking screw 1 one-quarter turn counterclockwise until you feel a click. 3. Lift the processor 2 straight up and remov e it. â The gold triangle 3 on the processor should be aligned in the front right corner when you install the processor. R emo v ing the Pr ocessor Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a processor .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 9 5. 1 9 B a t t e r y C o n n e c t o r B o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) 2. T urn the top cover top-side up with the front panel to ward you. Battery Connector Board Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation Batter y connector board 382413-001
5â5 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the PM2.0Ã4.0 screw that secures the battery connector board to the top cov er . R emo v ing the Bat tery Connec tor Boar d Scr ew
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â51 4. T urn the top cover upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. 5. Remov e the PM2.0Ã4.0 screw 1 that secures the battery connector board to the top cov er . 6. Slide the battery connector board 2 to ward the rear panel until it disconnects from the system board. 7. Remov e the battery connector board 3 . R emo v ing the Bat tery Connec tor Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the the battery connector board.
5â5 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 2 0 P owe r C o n n e c t o r B o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) P ower Connector Boar d Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation P ow er connector board 382414-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 3 2. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 1 that secure the po wer connector board to the top cov er . 3. Slide the po wer connector board 2 tow ard the rear panel until it disconnects it from the system board. 4. Remov e the power connector board 3 . R emo v ing the P ow er Connec tor Boar d Re verse the abo ve procedure to install the po wer connector board.
5â54 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .2 1 USB/S - Video Controll er Board â This section applies only to full-featured models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) USB/S-Video Contr oller Board Spare P ar t Number Information USB/S-Video controller board 382416-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â5 5 2. Remov e the PM2.0Ã4.0 screw 1 that secures the USB/S-V ideo controller board to the top cov er . 3. Lift up on the right side of the board 2 to disconnect it from the system board. 4. Remov e the USB/S-V ideo controller board. R emo v i ng the U SB/S - Vi deo Contr oller Board Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the USB/S-V ideo controller board.
5â5 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .2 2 Bluetooth Modul e â This section applies only to full-featured models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) 2. T urn the USB/S-V ideo controller board upside do wn with the USB port aw ay from you. Bluetooth Module Spare P ar t Number Information Bluetooth module 376651-001 and 399777-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 7 3. Remov e the two PM1.5Ã3.5 scre ws 1 that secure the Bluetooth module to the USB/S-V ideo controller board. 4. Disconnect the Bluetooth module cable 2 from the USB/S-V ideo controller board. 5. Remov e the Bluetooth module 3 . R emo v i ng the Bluetooth Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the Bluetooth module.
5â5 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 23 Sys t e m B o a r d â All system board spares kits include a disk cell R TC battery . â When replacing the system board, ensure that the follo w ing components are remov ed from the defectiv e system board and installed on the replacement system board: â Memory modules ( Section 5.7 ) â Mini PCI communications module ( Section 5.8 ) â R TC battery ( Section 5.14) â Heat sink ( Section 5.16 ) â Processor ( Section 5.18 ) System Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information System board 395135-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 9 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the following components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) d. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) e. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) f. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) g. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) h. Speaker assembly ( Section 5.15 ) i. Battery connector board ( Section 5.19 ) j. Po wer connector board ( Section 5.20 ) k. USB/S-V ideo controller board ( Section 5.21 ) 2. T urn the top cover top-side up, with the front panel to ward you.
5â60 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the T ouchPad cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the T ouc hP ad Cable
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â61 4. T urn the top cover upside do wn with the front to ward you. â Step 5 applies only to HP Pa vilion ze2300 models. See step 6 in this section for information on removing the system board scre ws on Compaq Presario M2300 models. 5. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws that secure the system board to the top cov er . R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Sc r e w s, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Only
5â6 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Step 6 applies only to Compaq Presario M2300 models. 6. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the system board to the top cov er . ola R emo v ing the S y stem Boar d Scr e ws , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 3 7. Flex the left edge of the top co ver 1 out until the 1394 connector 2 disengages from the top cov er . 8. Lift the left side of the system board 3 until the 1394 connector is clear . 9. Flex the front edge of the top co ver 4 until the audio connectors 5 and LED section 6 of the system board disengage from the top co ver . R eleasing the S y stem Boar d
5â64 Maintenance and Servi c e Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 10. Slide the system board to the left at an angle and remov e it. R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the system board.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â1 6 Spec ific ations This chapter provides physical and performance specif ications. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer Dimensions HP P avilion z e2300 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.01 cm to 3.86 cm 23.46 cm 33.40 cm 1.19 in to 1.52 in 9.24 in 13.15 in Compaq Presario M2300 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.29 cm to 3.89 cm 23.06 cm 33.40 cm 1.30 in to 1.53 in 9.08 in 13.15 in W eight (varies by configur ation) HP P avilion z e2300 Compaq Presario M2300 2.44 kg 2.39 kg 5.38 lb 5.26 lb Stand-alone power requirements Operating v oltage Operating current 18.5V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W 3.5 A
6â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T emperature Operating Nonoperating 10°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 50°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating 10% to 90% 5% to 95%, 38.7°C (101.6°F) maximum wet b ulb temperature Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating (14.7 to 10.1 psia) Nonoperating (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating Nonoperating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random Vibration Operating Nonoperating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min s weep rate 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min s weep rate â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â3 Ta b l e 6 - 2 15.0-inch, XGA, Displa y Dimensions Height Width Diagonal 22.9 cm 30.0 cm 38.1 cm 9.0 in 11.8 in 15.0 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 250:1 Brightness 150 nits typical Pixel resolution Pitch Fo r m a t Configuration 0.264 à 0.264 mm 1024 à 768 RGB v er tical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 T otal power consumption 5.5 W Viewing angle /-35° horizontal, 15/-35° v er tical typical
6â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives 80-GB* 60-GB* 40-GB* Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave r a g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 156,301,488 117,210,240 78,140,160 Disk rotational speed 4200 r pm 4200 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusi ons apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion b ytes when ref erring to hard dr iv e storage capacity . Actual capacity is less. â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly .
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â5 Ta b l e 6 - 4 Primary 6-cell, Li-Ion Batter y P ack Dimensions Height Width Depth We i g h t 2.00 cm 9.40 cm 13.40 cm 0.34 kg 0.79 in 3.70 in 5.28 in 0.75 lb Energ y V oltage Amp-hour capacity W att-hour capacity 11.1 V 4.4 Ah 48 Wh T emperature Operating Nonoperating 5°C to 45°C 0°C to 60°C 41°F to 113°F 32°F to 140°F
6â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 5 D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: DV D - R , DV D - R W, DV D - R O M (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A u dio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â7 Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitc h 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V r ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 5 D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive (Continued)
6â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 6 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: D VD-R, D VD-RW , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A u dio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and mult ise ssi on) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â9 Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitc h 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V r ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 6 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-7 8X D VD-R OM Drive Applicable disc D VD-R OM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18) CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2) CD-R CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â11 T rack pitc h 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 100 ms < 175 ms < 125 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V rms Cache b uffer 512 KB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 10 seconds Stop time < 3 seconds T able 6-7 8X D VD-R OM Drive (Continued)
6â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 8 System DMA Hard ware DMA System Function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1 Not applicable DMA2 Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memor y access controller DMA5 A vailab le for PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â13 Ta b l e 6 - 9 System Interrupts Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Quic k Launch buttons IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 USB2 Enhanced Ho st Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Cone xant ACâLink A udio SMBus Controllerâ24C3 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ6 Diskette driv e IRQ7* P arallel por t IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ10* USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek R TL8139 F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller IRQ11 USB EHCI controllerâ24CD USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Pro/Wireless 2300BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller *Def ault configuration â PC Card may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, or IRQ20.
6â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 por t pointing device IRQ13 Numer ic data processor IRQ14 Pri mar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel IRQ17 Cone xant A C -Link A udio IRQ17 Soft V90 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ17 A Ti Mobility Radeon Xpress 200 Series IRQ19 Standard Enhanced PC I to USB Host Controller IRQ19 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller IRQ19 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller IRQ20 TI 6411 PCIxx21/ x515 Cardb us Controller IRQ20 TI OHCI Compliant I EEE 1394 Host Controller IRQ21 TI Integrated PCIxx21 FlashMedia Controller IRQ21 Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN IRQ21 Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ22 Realtek RTL8100CL F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller IRQ23 SD A Standard Compli ant SD Host Controller *Def ault configuration â PC Card may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, or IRQ20. Ta b l e 6 - 9 System Interrupts (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â15 T able 6-10 System I/O Addresses I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0x00000000-0x00000CF7 PCI bus 0x00000000-0x00000CF7 Direc t memor y access controller 0x00000020-0x00000021 Progr am mab le interrupt controller 0x0000002E-0x0000002F S ystem board resources 0x00000040-0x00000043 System timer 0x00000060-0x00000060 Quic k Launch Buttons 0x00000061-0x00000061 System speak er 0x00000062-0x00000062 Microsoft A C PI-Compliant Embedded Controller 0x00000064-0x00000064 Quic k Launch Buttons 0x00000066-0x00000066 Microsoft A C PI-Compliant Embedded Controller 0x00000070-0x00000071 System CMOS/real-time cloc k 0x00000072-0x00000073 S ystem board resources 0x00000080-0x0000008F Direc t memor y access controller 0x00000092-0x00000092 S ystem board resources 0x000000A0-0x000000A1 Program mab le interrupt controller 0x000000B0-0x000000B1 S ystem board resources 0x000000C0-0x000000DF Direct memor y access controller 0x000000F0-0x000000FE Numeric data processor 0x00000170-0x00000177 Secondar y IDE Channel
6â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0x000001F0-0x000001F7 Primar y IDE Channel 0x00000220-0x0000022F S ystem board resources 0x00000274-0x00000277 ISAPNP Read Data P or t 0x00000279-0x00000279 ISAPNP Read Data P or t 0x00000280-0x00000293 S ystem board resources 0x00000376-0x00000376 Secondar y IDE Channel 0x000003B0-0x000003BB PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0x000003B0-0x000003BB A TI MOBILI TY RADEON Xpress 200 Ser ies 0x000003C0-0x000003DF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0x000003C0-0x000003DF A TI MOBILI TY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0x000003F6-0x000003F6 Primar y IDE Channel 0x0000040B-0x0000040B S ystem board resources 0x000004D0-0x000004D1 System board resources 0x000004D6-0x000004D6 System board resources 0x00000530-0x00000537 S ystem board resources 0x00000870-0x0000087F S ystem board resources 0x00000A79-0x00000A79 ISAPNP Read Data P o r t 0x00000C00-0x00000C01 System board resources 0x00000C14-0x00000C14 System board resources 0x00000C50-0x00000C52 System board resources 0x00000C6C-0x00000C6C System board resources T able 6-10 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â17 I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0x00000C6F-0x00000C6F S ystem board resources 0x00000CD4-0x00000CD5 System board resources 0x00000CD6-0x00000CD7 System board resources 0x00000CD8-0x00000CDF System board resources 0x00000D00-0x0000FFFF PCI bus 0x00000F40-0x00000F47 System board resources 0x00001080-0x00001080 S ystem board resources 0x00008000-0x0000805F S ystem board resources 0x00008100-0x000081FF S ystem board resources 0x00008400-0x0000840F A TI SMBus 0x00008410-0x0000841F Standard Du al Channel PCI IDE Controller 0x00009000-0x00009FFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI br idge 0x00009000-0x00009FFF A TI MOBILI TY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0x0000A000-0x0000A0FF Realtek R TL813 9/810x F amily F ast Ether net NIC 0x0000F000-0x0000FFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0x0000FD00-0x0000FDFF T exas Instruments PCIxx21/x515 Cardbus Controller 0x0000FE00-0x0000FEFF T e xas In str uments PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller T able 6-10 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
6â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-11 System Memory Map Memory Map Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0xD4100000-0xD41FFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xD4100000-0xD41FFFFF A TI MOBILITY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0xD8000000-0xDBFFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xD8000000-0xDBFFFFFF A TI MOBILITY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0xF A C00000-0xFEBFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI br idge 0xF6C00000-0xF ABFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xD4000000-0xD4000FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller 0xD4001000-0xD4001FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller 0xD4002000-0xD4002FFF Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller 0xD4003000-0xD40033FF A TI SMBus 0xFFF80000-0xFFFFFFFF System board 0xE0000000-0xE03FFFFF System board 0xE0000000-0xE03FFFFF System board resources 0x0000-0x0FFF System board
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â19 Memory Map Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0xD4208000-0xD42087FF T e xas Instr uments OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller 0xD4200000-0xD4203FFF T e xas Instr uments OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller 0xD4204000-0xD4205FFF Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN 0xFFEFF000-0xFFEFFFFF T e xas Inst r uments PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller 0xFFEFE000-0xFFEFEFFF T e xas Instru ments PCIxx21/x515 Cardbus Controller 0xF2C00000-0xF6BFFFFF T e xas Instr u ments PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller 0xD4206000-0xD4207FFF T e xas Inst r uments PCIxx21 Integrated FlashMedia Controller 0xD4209000-0xD42090FF SD A Standard Compliant SD Host Controller 0xD4208C00-0xD4208CFF SD A Standard Compliant SD Host Controller 0xD4208800-0xD42088FF SD A Standard Compliant SD Host Controller T able 6-11 System Memory Map (Continued)
6â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Memory Map Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0xD4209400-0xD42094FF Realtek R TL81 39/810x F amily F ast Ether net NIC 0xD4003400-0xD40034FF Cone xant AC-Link A udio 0xD4003800-0xD40038FF SoftV90 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP 0xFEC00000-0xFEC00FFF System board resources 0xFEE00000-0xFEE00FFF System board resources 0xA0000-0xBFFFF PCI b us 0xA0000-0xBFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xA0000-0xBFFFF A TI MOBILITY RADEON Xpress 200 Ser ies 0xD6000-0xD7FFF PCI b us 0xDC000-0xDDFFF PCI b us 0xDD000-0xDDFFF T e xas Instr ume nts PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller 0xE0000-0xFFFFF System board 0x40000000-0xFFFFFFFF PCI b us T able 6-11 System Memory Map (Continued)
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ1 A Co nnec tor P in A s signm en ts Ta b l e A - 1 Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 3 Data 2 Data â 4 Ground
Aâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in A ssi gnments Ta b l e A - 2 RJ-45 (Netw ork) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 T ransmit 5 Unused 2 T ransmit â 6 Receiv e â 3 Receive 7 Unused 4 Unused 8 Unused
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ3 Ta b l e A - 3 S-Video-Out Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 S-VHS color (C) signal 5 TV -CD 2 Composite video signal 6 S-VHS intensity ground 3 S-VHS intensity (Y) signal 7 Composite video ground 4 S-VHS color ground
Aâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in A ssi gnments Ta b l e A - 4 External Monitor Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Red analog 9 5 VDC 2 Green analog 10 Ground 3 Blue analog 11 Monitor detect 4 Not connected 12 DDC 2B data 5 Ground 13 Hor iz ontal sync 6 Ground analog 14 V er tical sync 7 Ground analog 15 DDC 2B clock 8 Ground analog
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ5 Ta b l e A - 5 RJ-11 (Modem) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Unused 4 Unused 2T i p 5U n u s e d 3 Ring 6 Unused
Aâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in A ssi gnments Ta b l e A - 6 A udio-In (Microphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 3 Ground 2 Audio signal in Ta b l e A - 7 A udio-Out (Headphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 3 Ground 2 Audio out, right channel
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ1 B P o w er C ord Set Requiremen ts 3-Con duc tor P o w er C ord Set The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line v oltage from 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 volts A C. The po wer cord set included with the computer meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment is purchased. Po wer cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where the computer is used.
Bâ2 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P ow er Cord Set R equirements Gen eral R equiremen ts The requirements listed belo w are applicable to all countries. â The length of the po wer cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and a maximum of 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All po wer cord sets must be approved b y an acceptable accredited agency responsible for e v aluation in the country where the po wer cord set will be used. â The po wer cord sets must hav e a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal v oltage rating of 125 or 250 V A C, as required by each countryâ s po wer system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical conf iguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the ap pliance inlet on the back of the computer .
P ow er Cor d Set Requir ements Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ3 Coun tr y-Spec ific Requirements 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements Country/Region Accredited Agency Applicable Note Number A u stralia EANSW 1 Au s t r i a O V E 1 Belgium C EBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMK O 1 Finland FIMK O 1 F rance UTE 1 Ger many VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Jap a n ME T I 3 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xible cord, and wa ll plug must bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentori Law . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration.
Bâ4 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P ow er Cord Set R equirements Ko r e a E K 4 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norwa y NEMK O 1 P eopleâ s Republic of China CCC 5 Sweden SEMK O 1 Switzerland SEV 1 T aiw an BSMI 4 United Kingdom BSI 1 United States UL 2 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xible cord, and wa ll plug must bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentori Law . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The fle xible cord must be T ype R VV , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance co upler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency resp onsible f or e valuation in the countr y where it will be used. 5. The fle xible cord must be T ype VC TF , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements (Continued) Country/Region Accredited Agency Applicable Note Number
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ1 C Sc r e w L ist ing This appendix provides specif ication and reference information for the scre ws used in the computer . All scre ws listed in this appendix are a v ailable in the Miscellaneous Scre w Kits, spare part numbers 382402-001 (for use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models) and 382403-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models).
Câ2 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã5. 0 Sc re w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 5 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 1 T w o screws that secure the har d drive co v er to the computer (screws are captured on the co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.4 ) 2 T w o screws that secure the memo ry module compar tment cov er to the computer (screws are captured on th e cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.7 ) 3 One scre w that secures the Mini PC I compar tment cov er to the computer (screw is captured on the co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.8 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ3 Phillips P M2 . 5Ã4. 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard driv e fram e to the hard dr iv e (documented in Section 5.4 ) mm
Câ4 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã7 .0 S cr e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 11 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the optical dr iv e to the computer (documented in Section 5.6 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ5 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã7 .0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 11 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the HP P avilion ze2300 computer (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ6 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã7 .0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 11 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the Compaq Presario M2300 computer (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ7 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the k eyboard co v er to the computer (documented in Section 5.9 ) mm
Câ8 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing 2 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the base enclosure to the comp uter on the HP P avilion ze2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ9 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 7 screws that secure the base enclosure to the comp uter on the HP P avilion ze2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the base enclos ure on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ11 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 15 screws that secure the base encl osure on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the LED board to the computer (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ13 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base enclos ure to the HP P avilion z e2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the base enclos ure to the HP P avilion z e2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ15 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the base encl osure to the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the base enclos ure on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ17 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 1 Three screws that secure the heat sink to the computer (documented in Section 5.16 ) 2 One scre w that secures the batter y connector board to the computer (documented in Section 5.19 ) 3 T w o screws that secure the po wer connector board to the computer (documented in Section 5.20 ) 4 One scre w that secures the USB/S-Vid eo controller board to the computer (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
Câ18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the f an to the heat sink (documented in Section 5.17 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ19 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the batter y connector board to computer (documented in Section 5.19 ) mm
Câ20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system bo ard on the HP P avilion ze2300 (documented in Section 5.23 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ21 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system boar d on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.23 ) mm
Câ2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã3 .0 S cr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 6 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 4 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard to the computer (documented in Section 5.11 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 3 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã16 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 7 Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 5 16.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 5 screws that secure the base enclos ure on the HP P avilion z e2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M1.5Ã3 . 5 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM1.5Ã3.5 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 2 3.5 mm 1.5 mm 3.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the Bluetooth modu le to the computer (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ1 D Dis pl a y C ompon ent Recy c ling à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Cautio n should be e x er cis ed whe n r emo ving and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . à CA UTION: The pr ocedur es in this appendi x can re sult in damage to displa y components . The only compo nents intended f or recy cling purpo ses ar e the liqui d cry stal displa y (L CD) panel and the bac klight . Car eful handling should be e xer cis ed when r emo v ing these components . â Materials Disposal This HP product contains mercury in the display assembly backlight and may require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of en vironmental considerations. For disposal or rec ycling information, contact your local authorities or visit the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) at http://www .eiae.org .
Dâ2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling This appendix provides disassembl y instructions for the display assembly . The display assembly must be disassembled to gain access to the backlight 1 and the LCD panel 2 . â Disassembly procedures dif fer from one display assembly to another . The procedures provided in this appendix are general disassembly instructions. Specif ic details, such as scre w sizes, quantities, and locations, and co mponent shapes and sizes, can v ary from one computer model to another .
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ3 Perform the follo w ing steps to disassemble the display assembly: 1. Remov e all screw co vers 1 and scre ws 2 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el Sc re w Co vers and S cr e w s
Dâ4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges 1 and the top and bottom inside edges 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages fro m the display assembly . 3. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ5 4. Disconnect all LCD panel cables 1 from the display in verter and remov e the in verter 2 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Inv er ter
Dâ6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 5. Remov e all screws 1 that secure the LCD panel to the display enclosure. 6. Remov e the LCD panel 2 from the display enclosure. R emo v ing the L CD P anel
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ7 7. T urn the LCD panel upside down. 8. Remov e all screws that secure the LCD panel frame to the LCD panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel F r ame Sc re ws
Dâ8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape 1 that secures the side of the LCD panel to the LCD panel frame. 10. Remov e the LCD panel frame 2 from the display panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel F r ame
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ9 11. Remov e the screws 1 that secure the backlight co ver to the LCD panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cov er 2 and swing it forward. 13. Remov e the backlight cove r . R emo v i ng the Bac klight C ov er
Dâ10 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 14. T urn the LCD panel right-side up. 15. Remov e the backlight cables 1 from the clip 2 in the LCD panel. R eleasing the Bac kligh t Cable s
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ11 16. T urn the LCD panel upside down. 17. Remov e the backlight frame from the LCD panel. R emo v i ng the Bac klight F rame
Dâ12 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Cautio n should be e x er cis ed whe n r emo ving and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . 18. Slide the backlight out of the backlight frame. R emo v i ng the Bac klight
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ13 19. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the LCD panel. 20. Remov e the screws 2 that secure the LCD panel to the LCD rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel 3 from the LCD rear panel. 22. Release the tape 4 that secures the LCD panel to the LCD rear panel. R eleasing the L CD P anel
Dâ14 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 23. Remov e the LCD panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel 24. Recycle the backlight and LCD panel.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ1 In de x 1394 port 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot 1â11 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot light 1â11 , 1â25 6-in-1 Memory Reader 1â13 6-in-1 Memory Reader light 1â13 , 1â27 A AC adapter, spare part number 3â18 , 3â20 , 3â26 arrow keys 1â21, 1â23 audio troubleshooting 2â23 audio Y cable 2, spare part number 3â18, 3â21 audio-in jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 audio-out jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 B backpack, spare part number 3â18 , 3â26 base enclosure removal 5â33 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â25 , 5â33 battery bay 1â18 , 1â19 , 1â28 , 1â30 battery connector board removal 5â49 spare part number 3â9 , 3â24 , 5â49 battery light 1â7, 1â9 battery pack removal 5â5 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â20 , 3â26 , 5â5 specifications 6â5 battery pack release latch 1â28 , 1â30 Bluetooth module removal 5â56 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â21 , 3â26 , 5â56 bottom components 1â28, 1â30 C cables, service considerations 4â2 caps lock key 1â21 , 1â23 caps lock light 1â24, 1â26
Inde xâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x components bottom 1â28, 1â30 front 1â6, 1â8 keyboard 1â20, 1â22 left-side 1â14, 1â16 rear 1â16, 1â18, 1â19 right-side 1â10, 1â12 top 1â24, 1â26 computer feet illustrated 3â14 locations 5â10 spare part number 3â15, 3â26 Computer Setup Advanced Menu 2â6 File Menu 2â3 overview 2â1 Security Menu 2â4 Tools Menu 2â5 Computer Setup defaults 2â2 computer specifications 6â1 connector pin assignments audio-in Aâ6 audio-out Aâ6 external monitor Aâ4 headphone Aâ6 microphone Aâ6 modem Aâ5 monitor Aâ4 network Aâ2 RJ-11 Aâ5 RJ-45 Aâ2 S-Video-out Aâ3 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Aâ1 connectors, service considerations 4â2 D design overview 1â32 disassembly sequence chart 5â3 diskette drive OS loading problems 2â21 precautions 4â3 display assembly removal 5â28 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â22 , 3â25 , 5â28 specifications 6â3 display hinge brackets, spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24, 5â28 display release button 1â7 , 1â9 display switch 1â24, 1â26 DMA specifications 6â12 docking device, troubleshooting 2â16 drives, preventing damage 4â3 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part number 3â13, 3â17 , 3â23 , 5â11 specifications 6â8 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Dual Layer Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part number 3â13, 3â17 , 3â25 , 5â11 specifications 6â6
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ3 DVD-ROM drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part number 3â13, 3â17 , 3â23 , 5â11 specifications 6â10 E electrostatic discharge 4â4, 4â8 exhaust vents 1â18, 1â19, 1â29 , 1â31 expansion port 2 1â15 , 1â17 external monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 F fan removal 5â45 spare part number 3â7, 3â24 , 5â45 features 1â2 feet illustrated 3â14 locations 5â10 flowcharts, troubleshooting no audio 2â23, 2â24 no network/modem connection 2â28 no OS loading 2â17 no OS loading from diskette drive 2â21 no OS loading from hard drive 2â18, 2â19, 2â20 no OS loading from optical drive 2â22 no power 2â10 , 2â12 , 2â13 no video 2â14, 2â15 nonfunctioning device 2â25 nonfunctioning docking device 2â16 nonfunctioning keyboard 2â26 nonfunctioning pointing device 2â27 fn key 1â21, 1â23 front components 1â6, 1â8 function keys 1â21, 1â23 G grounding equipment and methods 4â6 H hard drive OS loading problems 2â18 precautions 4â3 removal 5â6 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â25 , 5â6 specifications 6â4 hard drive bay 1â29, 1â31 hard drive cover illustrated 3â14 removal 5â7 headphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 headset, spare part number 3â18 , 3â20
Inde xâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x heat sink removal 5â43 spare part number 3â7, 3â26 , 5â43 hinge cover, spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24, 5â28 I I/O address specifications 6â15 IDE drive light 1â7, 1â9 interrupt specifications 6â13 K keyboard removal 5â24 spare part numbers 3â5, 3â20 , 3â22 , 3â23 , 3â26 , 5â24 troubleshooting 2â26 keyboard components 1â20 , 1â22 keyboard cover removal 5â19 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24 , 5â19 keypad keys 1â21, 1â23 L label area 1â29 , 1â31 LED board removal 5â22 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24 , 5â22 left-side components 1â14, 1â16 Logo Kit, spare part numbers 3â18 , 3â24 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â16 memory map specifications 6â18 memory module removal 5â13 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â23 , 5â13 memory module compartment 1â28 , 1â30 memory module compartment cover illustrated 3â14 removal 5â14 microphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 Mini PCI communications module removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â20 , 3â21 , 3â25 , 3â26 , 5â16 Mini PCI compartment 1â29, 1â31 Mini PCI compartment cover illustrated 3â14 removal 5â17 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit components 3â14 contents 3â15, 3â23 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â15 , 3â23
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ5 modem jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 modem, troubleshooting 2â28 monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 mouse, spare part number 3â18 , 3â20 mute button 1â25, 1â27 mute light 1â25, 1â27 N network jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 network, troubleshooting 2â28 nonfunctioning device, troubleshooting 2â16, 2â25 notebook entertainment cable 2, spare part number 3â18, 3â21 num lock key 1â21, 1â23 num lock light 1â25, 1â27 O optical drive location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â29 , 1â31 OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â25 specifications 6â6, 6â8, 6â10 P packing precautions 4â5 PC Card eject buttons 1â15, 1â17 PC Card slot space saver, spare part number 3â15, 3â26 PC Card slots 1â15, 1â17 plastic parts 4â2 pointing device, troubleshooting 2â27 power button 1â25, 1â27 power connector 1â15, 1â17 power connector board removal 5â52 spare part number 3â7 , 3â24 , 5â52 power cord set requirements Bâ2 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 power light 1â7, 1â9 power management features 1â5 power, troubleshooting 2â10 processor removal 5â47 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â21 , 3â22 , 3â24 , 3â25 , 5â47 R rear components 1â16, 1â18, 1â19 remote control, spare part number 3â18, 3â20
Inde xâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x removal/replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 right-side components 1â10 , 1â12 RJ-11 jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 RJ-45 jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 S Screw Kit, spare part number 3â18 , 3â24 screw listing Câ1 SD Card memory module, spare part numbers 3â13, 3â26 security cable slot 1â11, 1â13 serial number 3â1, 5â2 service considerations 4â2 speaker assembly removal 5â41 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â24 , 5â41 speakers 1â7, 1â9 specifications battery pack 6â5 computer 6â1 display 6â3 DMA 6â12 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 6â8 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Dual Layer Combo Drive 6â6 DVD-ROM drive 6â10 hard drive 6â4 I/O addresses 6â15 interrupts 6â13 memory map 6â18 optical drive 6â6 static shielding materials 4â8 S-Video-out jack location 1â11, 1â13 pin assignments Aâ3 system board removal 5â58 spare part number 3â9 , 3â25 , 5â58 system memory map 6â18 T tools required 4â1 top components 1â24, 1â26 top cover, spare part numbers 3â7 , 3â25 TouchPad 1â24 , 1â26 TouchPad buttons 1â24, 1â26 TouchPad horizontal scroll region 1â27 TouchPad vertical scroll region 1â25, 1â27 transporting precautions 4â5 troubleshooting audio 2â23 Computer Setup 2â2 docking device 2â16 flowcharts 2â7 keyboard 2â26 modem 2â28 network 2â28
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ7 nonfunctioning device 2â16 , 2â25 OS loading 2â17 overview 2â1 pointing device 2â27 power 2â10 video 2â14 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â15 , 1â17 pin assignments Aâ1 USB digital drive, spare part number 3â17, 3â20 USB travel mouse, spare part number 3â18, 3â20 USB/S-Video controller board removal 5â54 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â24 , 5â54 V video troubleshooting 2â14 volume button 1â25, 1â27 W Windows applications key 1â21 , 1â23 Windows logo key 1â21 , 1â23 wireless button 1â25 wireless light 1â7, 1â9, 1â27 workstation precautions 4â6
© Copyright 2005 He wlett-Packard De velopment Compan y , L.P . Microsoft and W indows are U.S. re gistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel, Pentium, Celeron, and Centrino are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark o wned by its proprietor and used by He wlett-Packard Company under license. The information contained herein is su bject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompan ying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty . HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Maintenance and S erv ice Gui de HP P av ilion z e2 300 Not ebook PC Co mpaq Pr esar io M2 300 Noteboo k PC Second E ditio n No v ember 200 5 Fi r s t Ed i t i o n Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 5 Doc ument P ar t Number : 38 3111-00 2
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de iii Cont ent s 1 Product Description 1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â2 1.2 Resetting the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â4 1.3 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â5 1.4 External Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â6 1.5 Design Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â32 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 Accessing Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Computer Setup Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Selecting from the File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â3 Selecting from the Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â4 Selecting from the Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 Selecting from the Advanced Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â6 2.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â7
i v Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 3 Illustrated Parts Catalog 3.1 Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 3.2 Computer Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 3.3 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â14 3.4 Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â16 3.5 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â18 3.6 Sequential Part Number Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â20 4 Removal and Replacement Preliminaries 4.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.2 Service Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Plastic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Cables and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 4.3 Preventing Damage to Removable Drives . . . . . . . . 4â3 4.4 Preventing Electrostatic Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â4 4.5 Packaging and Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . 4â5 4.6 Workstation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 4.7 Grounding Equipment and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6
Cont ent s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de v 5 Removal and Replacement Procedures 5.1 Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 5.2 Disassembly Sequence Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassembly . . . . . . . . . 5â5 5.4 Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â6 5.5 Computer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â10 5.6 Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â11 5.7 Memory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â13 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Modul e . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â16 5.9 Keyboard Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â19 5.10 LED Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â22 5.11 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â24 5.12 Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â28 5.13 Base Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â33 5.14 RTC Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â39 5.15 Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â41 5.16 Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â43 5.17 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â45 5.18 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â47 5.19 Battery Connector Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â49 5.20 Power Connector Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â52 5.21 USB/S-Video Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â54 5.22 Bluetooth Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â56 5.23 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â58
v i Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 6 Specifications A Connector Pin Assignments B Power Cord Set Requirements C Screw Listing D Display Component Recycling Index
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â1 1 Pr oduc t D esc ription The HP Pa vilion ze2300 Notebook PC 1 and the Compaq Presario M2300 Notebook PC 2 of fer adv anced modularity , Intel® Mobile Pentium® M and Celeron® M processors, and extensi ve multimedia support. HP P av ilion z e2 300 and Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
1â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1.1 F e a t u r e s â Numerous references are made throughout this Maintenance and Service Guide to âfull-featuredâ and âdefeaturedâ computer models. A model is considered to be full-featured if it has 3 Uni versal Serial Bus ports and the follo wing components: â S-V ideo-out jack â Expansion port 2 â 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot or 6-in-1 Memory Reader A computer model is considered to be defeatured if it has only 2 Uni versal Serial Bus ports and none of the components in the preceding list. â The follo wing processors are av ailable, varying b y computer model: â Intel Pentium M 750 (1.80-GHz) with 400-MHz front-side b us (FSB) â Intel Pentium M 740 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 735A (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 730 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 725A (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 380 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 370 (1.50-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 360 (1.40-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 350 (1.30-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Full-featured models feature both Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors. Defeatured models feature only Celeron M processors.
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 â 15.0-inch XGA (1024 à 768) TFT display with ov er 16.7 million colors â 80-, 60-, or 40-GB high-capacity hard dri ve, v arying by computer model â 256-MB DDR2 synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) at 400 MHz, expandable to 1.0 GB â Microsoft® W indo ws® XP Home Edition or W indo ws XP Professional, v arying by computer model â Full-size W indo ws ke yboard with embedded numeric keypad â T ouchPad pointing de vice with dedicated vertical scroll region â Integrated 10Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet local area network (LAN) netw ork interface card (NIC) with RJ-45 jack â Integrated high-speed 56K modem with RJ-11 jack â Integrated wireless support for Mini PCI IEEE 802.11b and 802.11b/g WLAN de vice â Support for one T ype II PC Card slot, with support for both 32-bit (CardBus) and 16-bit PC Cards â External 65-watt A C adapter with 3-wire power cord â 6-cell or 12-cell Li-Ion battery pack â Stereo speakers with v olume up and down b uttons â Support for the follo wing optical driv es: â 8X D VD-R OM dri ve â 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Driv e â 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Dual Layer Driv e
1â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription â Connectors: â External monitor port â Uni versal Serial Bus (USB) v . 2.0 (up to 3 ports) â RJ-11 (modem) jack â RJ-45 (network) jack â Audio-out (headphone) jack â Audio-in (microphone) jack â Po wer â IEEE 1394 digital port â S-V ideo-out jack (select models only) â Expansion port 2 (select models only) â 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot (select models only) â 6-in-1 Memory Reader (select models only) 1 .2 Reset tin g t he Com p uter If the computer you are servicing has an unkno wn password, follo w these steps to clear the password. These steps also clear CMOS: 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3, âPreparing the Computer for Disassembly , â for more information). 2. Remov e the real-time clock (R TC) battery (refer to Section 5.14, âR TC Battery , â for more information).
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â5 3. W ait approximately 5 minutes. 4. Replace the R TC battery and reassemble the computer . 5. Connect A C po wer to the computer . Do not reinsert any battery packs at this time. 6. T urn on the computer . All passwords and all CMOS settings ha ve been cleared. 1. 3 P o w e r M a n a g e m e n t The computer comes with po wer management features that extend battery operating time and conserv e power . The computer supports the follo wing po wer management features: â Standby â Hibernation â Setting customization by the user â Hotke ys for setting the le vel of performance â Battery calibration â Lid switch standby/resume â Po wer button â Adv anced Configuration and Po wer Management (A CPM) compliance
1â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1 .4 External C ompon ents The external components on the front of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-1. F ront C omponents, HP P av ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â7 Ta b l e 1 - 1 Fr ont Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produce stereo sound. 2 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more optional inter nal wireless de vices, such as a WLAN and/or a Bluetooth® module (select models only), are tur ned on. 3P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 4 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical drive is being accessed. 5 Batter y light â On: The batter y pack is charging. â Blinking: The batter y pac k has reached a low-battery condition. â Off: The batter y pack is fully charged or not inser ted. 6 Displa y release button Opens the computer . 7A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound cha nnel) microphone. 8A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack Connects optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connects the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the front of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-2. F ront C omponents, Com paq Pre sar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â9 Ta b l e 1 - 2 Fr ont Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produce stereo sound. 2 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more optional inter nal wireless de vices, such as a WLAN and/or a Bluetooth module (selec t models only), are tur ned on. 3P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 4 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical drive is being accessed. 5 Batter y light â On: The batter y pack is charging. â Blinking: The batter y pac k has reached a low-battery condition. â Off: The batter y pack is fully charged or not inser ted. 6 Displa y release button Opens the computer . 7A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound cha nnel) microphone. 8A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack Connects optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connects the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-3. R ight -Si de Components, HP P a v ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â11 Ta b l e 1 - 3 Right-Side Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 USB por ts (1 or 2 depending on the computer model) Connect an optional USB de vice. 2 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot (select models only) Suppor ts an optional digital memor y card. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . Ã Security solutions ar e designed to act as deterrents. These deterrents ma y not pre vent a pr oduct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-4. R ight -Si de Components, C ompaq Pr esar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â13 Ta b l e 1 - 4 Right-Side Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 USB por ts (1 or 2 depending on the computer model) Connect optional USB de vices. 2 6-in-1 Memor y Reader (select models only) Suppor ts an optional digital memor y card. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Memor y Reader light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . Ã Security solutions ar e designed to act as deterrents. These deterrents ma y not prev ent a prod uct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-5. Le ft -Si de Components , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â15 Ta b l e 1 - 5 Left-Side Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects an A C adapter cable. 2 Monitor por t Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 3 Expansion por t 2* (select models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. 4 RJ-45 jack Connects an optional network cable . 5 RJ-11 jack Connects the modem cable . 6 USB por t Connects an optional USB de vice. 7 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 8 PC Card eject button Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. *The computer has only one e xpansion por t. The ter m e xpansion por t 2 describes the type of expansion por t.
1â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-6. Le ft -Side C omponents, Compaq Pr esar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â17 Ta b l e 1 - 6 Left-Side Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects an A C adapter cable. 2 Monitor por t Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 3 Expansion por t 2* (select models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. 4 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects an optional network cable . 5 RJ-11 (modem) jack Conn ects the modem cab le. 6 USB por t Connects an optional USB de vice. 7 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 8 PC Card eject button Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. *The computer has only one e xpansion por t. The ter m e xpansion por t 2 describes the type of expansion por t.
1â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the rear panel of the HP P avilion ze2300 computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-7. R ear P anel Compone nts, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Ta b l e 1 - 7 Rear P anel Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Exhaust v ent Pro vides airflow to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct v ents. Do not allo w a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs, or clothing, to bloc k airflow .
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â19 The external components on th e rear panel of the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho w n belo w an described in T able 1-8. R ear P anel Components , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Ta b l e 1 - 8 Rear P anel Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Exhaust v ent Pro vides airflow to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct v ents. Do not allo w a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs, or clothing, to bloc k airflow .
1â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The computer ke yboard components on the HP Pa vilion ze2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-9. K e y board C omponents, HP P av ilion z e2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â21 T able 1-9 Ke yboard Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Function ke ys (12) P erf or m system and application tasks. When combined with the fn key , s ever al ke ys perform additional tasks as hotke ys. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and tur ns on the caps loc k light. 3 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 4 Windows logo k ey Displa ys the Windows Star t menu. 5W i n d o w s applications ke y Displa ys a shor tcut menu f o r items beneath the pointer . 6 Arrow k eys Mov es the cursor around the screen. 7 K eypad k eys (15) Can be used lik e the ke ys on an external numeric ke ypad. 8 num lock k ey On: Enables n umeric lock, turns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light.
1â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The computer ke yboard component s on the Compaq Presario M2300 computer are sho wn below and described in T able 1-10. K e y board C omponents, Com paq Pr esar io M2 300
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 3 T able 1-10 Ke yboard Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Function ke ys (12) P erf or m system and application tasks. When combined with the Fn key , t h e function ke ys perf or m additional tasks as hotke ys. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and tur ns on the caps loc k light. 3 Fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing Fn F7 decreases screen brightness. 4 Windows logo k ey Displa ys the Windows Star t menu. 5W i n d o w s applications ke y Displa ys a shor tcut menu f o r items beneath the pointer . 6 Arrow k eys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7 K eypad k eys (15) Can be used like the k eys on an e xter nal numeric ke ypad. 8 num lock k ey Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light.
1â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The computer top components on the HP Pa vilion ze2300 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-11. T op Components, HP P av i lion z e2 300 T able 1-11 T op Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse. 2 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 3 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 4 Displa y switch If the computer is closed while on, initiates standby .
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 5 5 P ow er b utton When the computer is â Off , press to tur n on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standby , briefly press to resume from standb y . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer. 6 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 7 V olume mute b utton Mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 8 V olume up b utton Increases system v olume. 9 Wireless button (select models only) T urns the wireless functi onality on or off but does not create a wireless connection. â To establish a wireless connection, a wireless network must already be set up. 10 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the embedded k eypad is on. 11 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 12 T ouchP ad v er tical scrolling region Scrolls upward or do wnward. T able 1-11 T op Components HP P avilion ze2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The top components on the Compaq Presario M2300 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-12. T op Components, C ompaq Pres ari o M2 300 T able 1-12 T op Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse. 2 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 3 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 4 Displa y switch If the computer is closed while on, initiates standby .
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 7 5 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more optional inter nal wireless de vices, such as a WLAN and/or a Bluetooth module (selec t models only), are tur ned on. 6 P ow er b utton When the computer is â Off , press to tur n on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standby , briefly press to resume from standb y . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer. 7 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 8 V olume up b utton Increases system v olume. 9 V olume mute b utton Mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 10 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the embedded k eypad is on. 11 6-in-1 Memor y Reader light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 12 T ouchP ad v er tical and horizontal scroll regions Scroll upward or do wnward and left or right. T able 1-12 T op Components Compaq Presario M2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the bottom of the HP P avilion ze2300 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-13. Bottom Com ponents, HP P av ilion z e2 300 T able 1-13 Bottom Components HP P avilion ze2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Batter y pack release latch Releases a batter y pack from the batter y ba y . 3 Memor y module compar tment Contains two memory module slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memory modules v aries by computer model.
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 9 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not ob struct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a pr inte r , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6 Label area Contains the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. 7 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the display of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in your computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in your countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the device to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 8 Hard drive ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . T able 1-13 Bottom Components HP P avilion ze2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the bottom of the Compaq Presario M2300 are sho wn below and described in T able 1-14. Bo t tom Comp on en ts, Comp aq P r es ario M 2 300 T able 1-14 Bottom Components Compaq Presario M2300 Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 Batter y pack release latch Releases a batter y pack from the batter y ba y . 3 Memor y module compar tment Contains two memory module slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memory modules v aries by computer model.
Pr oduct Desc riptio n Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â31 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not ob struct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a pr inte r , or a soft surface , such as pillows , thick rugs, or clothing, to b lock airflo w . 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6 Label area Contains the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. 7 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the display of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in your computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in your countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the device to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 8 Hard drive ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . T able 1-14 Bottom Components Compaq Presario M2300 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription 1. 5 D e s i g n O v e r v i e w This section presents a design ov erview of k ey parts and features of the computer . Refer to Chapter 3, âIllustrated Parts Catalog, â to identify replacement parts, and Chapter 5, âRemo v al and Replacement Procedures, â for disassembly steps. The system board provides the follo wing de vice connections: â Memory module â Mini PCI communications module â Hard dri ve â Display â K eyboard and T ouchPad â Audio â Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors â Fan â PC Card à CA UTION: T o proper ly v entilate the comput er , allo w at least a 7 .6 -cm (3-inc h) clear ance on the left and r ight side s of the com puter . The computer uses an electric fan for v entilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to be turned on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected by high external temperatures, system po wer consumption, power management/battery conserv ation conf igurations, battery fast char ging, and software applications. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer .
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â1 2 T roubl es hooting à W ARNI NG: Only au thori zed t echni ci ans tr ained b y HP should r epair this equipmen t . All tr oubleshooting and r epair procedur es ar e detailed to allo w only subas sembl y-/module -lev el repair . Because of the comple xity of the indi v idual boar ds and subasse mblies , do not at tem pt to mak e repair s at the component le v el or modif icati ons to an y printed w ir ing boar d. Im pr oper r epairs can c r eate a safety ha z ard . An y indicati on of component r eplacement or pr inted w iring boar d modif icati on may v oid an y w arr ant y or e x change allo wance s. 2. 1 Com pu ter Setup Computer Setup is a preinstalled, R OM-based utility that can be used e ven when the operating system is not working or will not load. If the operating system is working, the computer restarts the operating system after you exit Computer Setup. â Pointing de vices are not supporte d in Computer Setup; you must use the ke yboard to navigate and make selections. The menu tables later in this chapter provide an o vervie w of Computer Setup options.
2â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Acce ssing Compute r Setup The information and settings in Computer Setup are accessed from the File, Security , T ools, and Adv anced menus. 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o vie w navig ation information, press f1 . â T o return to the Computer Setup menu, press esc . 2. Select the File , Security , T ools , or Advanced menu. 3. T o exit Computer Setup, choose one of the follo wing: â T o exit without sa ving any changes, use the arro w keys to select File > Ignor e changes and exit , and then follow the instructions on the screen. â T o exit and sa ve all the settings you ha ve entered, use the arro w keys to select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. Y our preferences are set when you exit Computer Setup and go into ef fect when the computer restarts. Com pu ter Setup Defaults T o return all settings in Computer Setup to the values that were set at the factory: 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o vie w navig ation information, press f1 . 2. Use the arro w keys to select File > Restor e defaults . 3. Select the Restore Defaults check box.
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â3 4. T o confirm the restoration, press f10 . 5. Select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. When the computer restarts, the factory settings are restored, and any identif ication information you hav e entered is sav ed. Selecti ng fr om the F ile Menu Ta b l e 2 - 1 File Menu Select T o Do This System Inf or mation â Vie w identification inf or mation about the computer and any battery packs in the system. â Vie w specification inf or mation about the processor , memor y and cache size , video re vision, ke yboard controller version, and system ROM. Sav e to flopp y Sav e system configuration settings to a disk ette. Restore to flopp y Restore system configuration settings from a diskette . Restore def aults Replace configurat ion settings in Computer Setup with f actor y def a ult se ttings. (Identification inf or mation is retained.) Ignore changes and e xit Cancel ch anges entered during the current session. Then e xit an d restar t the computer . Sav e changes and e xit Sav e changes entered during the current session. Then e xit and restar t t he computer . The changes you sa ve are to into ef f ect when the computer restar ts.
2â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Selec ting from the Sec urity Menu Ta b l e 2 - 2 Security Menu Select T o Do This Administrator pass word Enter , change , or delete an HP Administr ator pass word. P ow er-on pass word Enter , change, or delete a po wer-on passw o rd. P assw ord options â Enable/Disab le str ingent security . â Enable/Disab le required passw ord on restar t. DriveLoc k pass words Enable/disab le Dr iv eLoc k; change a DriveLoc k user or master pass word. â DriveLock Settings are accessible only when you enter Comput er Setup by turning on (not restarting) the computer. Smar t Card Secur ity Enable/disab le powe r-on suppor t for smar t cards. â This f eature is suppor ted by select smar t card readers only . Embedded Security â Enable/Disab le the embedded secur ity chip . â Restore embedded security chip to factory settings. â Enable/Disab le power-on authentication suppor t. â Enable/Disab le automatic Dr iv eLock. â Reset pow er-on authen tication credential â Embedded Security settings are accessible only if the computer is equipped with an embedded security chip. De vice security Enable/Disab le devices in the system. Enable NIC f or inclusion in MultiBoot. System IDs Enter user-defin ed identification v alues.
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â5 Selec ting fr om t he T ools Menu Ta b l e 2 - 3 To o l s M e n u Select T o Do This HDD Self T est options Run a quic k or comprehensive self-test on an y hard drive in the system. Batter y Inf or mation Vie w inf or matio n about an y batter y packs in the computer . Memor y Check â Run a self-test on memor y modules in the computer . â Vie w inf or mation about memor y modules installed in the computer .
2â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Selec ting from th e Ad vanced Menu Ta b l e 2 - 4 Adv anced Menu Select T o Do This Language (or press f2 ) Change the Computer Setup language . Boot options â Enable/Disab le MultiBoot, which sets a star tup sequence that can include most bootable de vices and media in the system. â Set the boot order . De vice options â Swap the functions of the fn k ey and left ctrl key . â Enable/Disab le multiple pointing de vices at star tup . (T o set the comp uter to suppor t only a single, usually nonstandard, pointing de vice at star tup , select Disable .) â Enable/Disab le USB legacy suppor t f or a USB ke yboard, mouse, and hu b . When USB legacy suppor t is enabled â A USB k eyboard, mouse , and hub work e v en when a Windows oper ating system is not loaded. â The computer star ts from a bootable hard drive , disk ette drive disk ette, or CD , CD-R W , or D VD inser ted into a dr iv e connected b y a USB connector to the computer or to an optional docking de vice. â Select a parallel por t mode: EPP (Enhanced P arallel P or t), standard, bidirectional, or ECP (Enhanced Capabilities P or t). â Enable/Disab le all settings in the SpeedStep window . (When Disable is selected, the computer runs in Ba tter y Optimized mode.)
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â7 2.2 T roubleshootin g Flo wc h arts Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc harts Over view Flowchart Description 2.1 âFlowchar t 2.1âInitial T r oub l eshootingâ 2.2 âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ow er , P ar t 1â 2.3 âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ow er , P ar t 2â 2.4 âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ow er , P ar t 3â 2.5 âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ow er , P ar t 4â 2.6 âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , P ar t 1â 2.7 âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , P ar t 2â 2.8 âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Do c king De vice (if applicable)â 2.9 âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loadingâ 2.10 âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1â 2.11 âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 2â 2.12 âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 3â 2.13 âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Disk ette Dr iv eâ
2â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flowchart Description 2.14 âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Driveâ 2.15 âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , P ar t 1â 2.16 âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , P ar t 2â 2.17 âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De viceâ 2.18 âFlowchar t 2.18âNonfunctioning K eyboardâ 2.19 âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning P ointing De viceâ 2.20 âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connectionâ Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc har ts Over vie w (Continued)
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 2â9 Flo wc har t 2. 1âIniti al T roubl eshooting Connecting to network or modem? Begin troubleshooting. Is there power? Is the OS loading? Is there video? (no boot) Is there sound? Beeps, LEDs, or error messages? Keyboard/ pointing device work- ing? Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â All drives working? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N End N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchart 2.18âNonfunc- tioning K eyboardâ or âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunc- tioning P ointing De vice. â Check LED board, speaker connections. Go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Netw ork/Modem Con nection. â
2â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.2âNo P o wer , P ar t 1 1. Reseat the power cables in the docking device and at the AC outlet. 2. Ensure the AC power source is active. 3. Ensure that the power strip is working. Done Remove from docking device (if applicable). Po we r up on batter y power? Po we r up on AC power? Power up in docking device? Po we r u p on batter y power? Po we r up in docking device? Done Reset power .* Reset power .* Po we r up on AC power? N Y Y N N Y N N Y Y YN 1. On select models, there is a separate reset button. 2. On select models, the computer can be reset using the standby switch and either the lid switch or the main power switch. *NOTES Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunction- ing Docking De vice (if applicable). â No power (power LED is off).
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â11 Flo wc har t 2.3âNo P o wer , P art 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Visually check for debris in batter y socket and cl ean if necessary . Done N Y Po we r on ? Check batter y by recharging it, moving it to another computer , or replacing it. Po we r on ? Done Y Replace power supply (if applicable). N Po we r on ? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â
2â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.4âNo P o wer , P ar t 3 Continued from âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat AC adapter in computer and at po wer sou rce. Internal or external AC adapter? Done Done Done Done Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Plug directly into AC outlet. Po we r LE D on? Po we r ou tl e t active? T r y different outlet. Replace external AC adapter . Replace power cord. Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N External Internal Go to âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ower , Pa r t 4 . â
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â13 Flowc h ar t 2.5 âN o P o w er , Part 4 Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Reseat loose components and boards and replace damaged items. Open computer . Loose or damaged parts? Y Close computer and retest. Po we r on ? Done N Replace the following items (if applicable). Check computer operation after each replacement: 1. Internal DC-DC converter* 2. Internal AC adapter 3. Processor board* 4. System board* *NOTE: Replace these items as a set to prevent shorting out among components.
2â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.6âNo Vid eo, P ar t 1 A N Stand-alone or docking device? No video. Replace the following one at a time . T est after each replacement. 1. Cable between computer and co mputer display (if applicable) 2. Display 3. System board Internal or external display*? Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Docking Device Internal Stand-alone External Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Y Press lid swi tc h to ensu re operation. Video OK? Done Y N Video OK? Done Done N Check for bent pins on cable. Tr y another display . Internal and external video OK? Replace system board. YY N N *NOTE: T o change from internal to external display , use the hotkey . Y Go to âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , Pa r t 2 . â
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â15 Flo wc har t 2.7âNo Vid eo, P ar t 2 Y N Continued from âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Done Adjust external monitor display . Video OK? Adjust display brightness. Video OK? Video OK? Done Done Check that computer is properly seated in docking device, for bent pins on cable, and for monitor connection. Go to âA â in âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Check brightness of external monitor . T r y another external monitor . Internal and external video OK? Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunction- ing Docking De vice (if applicable). â Y Y Y N N N Remove computer from dock- ing device, if connected.
2â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting F lo w cha rt 2 . 8 â No nf un cti on in g D ock in g D e v ic e (i f appl icable) Y N Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. N Check voltage setting on docking device. Reset monitor cable connector at docking device. Reinstall computer into dock- ing device. Docking device operating? Docking device operating? Done Done Y Nonfunctioning docking device. Remove computer , replace docking device. T est replacement docking device with new computer .
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â17 Flo wc har t 2.9âNo O pera ting S ystem (OS) Loadin g No OS loading from hard drive, go to âFlowchart 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1. â Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. No OS loading.* *NOTE: Before beginning troubleshooting, always check cable connections, cable ends, and drives for bent or damaged pins. No OS loading from diskette drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Dis- k ette Drive . â No OS loading from optical drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Drive . â No OS loading from network, go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 0âNo OS Load ing , H ard Driv e, Pa r t 1 Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunction- ing De vice. â Y Done N OS not loading from hard drive. Nonsystem disk message? Go to âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat external hard drive. OS loading? Done Boot from CD? Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Dis- kette Driv e. â Boot from hard drive? Boot from diskette? Change boot priority through the setup utility and reboot. Boot from hard drive? Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Check the setup utility for correct booting order .
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â19 Flowc h ar t 2. 1 1âN o OS L oa di n g , H ard Drive, Pa r t 2 Load OS using Oper- ating System disc (if applicable). Continued from âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 1. â Reseat hard drive. Done Disc or diskette in drive? 1. Replace hard drive. 2. Replace system board. Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Dis- kette Driv e. â Format hard drive and bring to ab o o t a b l e C:\ prompt. Create partition, and then format hard drive to boot- able C:\ prompt. Boot from diskette drive? Remove disc or diskette and reboot. Y N Boot from hard drive? Y N Y N Hard drive accessible? Y N Hard drive accessible? Done Run FDISK. Y N Hard drive partitioned? Hard drive formatted? Y N Y N Computer booted? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.12âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive, Pa r t 3 . â
2â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 2âNo OS Loa ding , H ard Dri v e, Pa r t 3 Y System files on hard drive? Continued from âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Load- ing, Hard Drive, Pa r t 2 . â Clean virus. Done N Install OS and reboot. Virus on hard drive? OS loading from hard drive? Y N Y N Y N Diagnostics on disc or diskette? Replace hard drive. Run diagnostics and follow recommendations. Run SCANDISK and check for bad sectors. Can bad sectors be fixed? Replace hard drive. Y N Y N Fix ba d sectors. Boot from hard drive? Replace hard drive. Done
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â21 Flo wc har t 2. 1 3âNo OS Loa ding , Disk et te Driv e Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Diskette drive â System board Done Y N Reseat diskette drive. OS not loading from diskette drive. Done Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N OS loading? Nonsystem disk message? Bootable diskette in drive? Install bootable diskette and reboot computer . Check diskette for system files. Tr y d i f f e r e n t diskette. Nonsystem disk error? OS loading? Boot from another device? Enable drive and cold boot computer . Is diskette drive boot order cor- rect? Change boot priority using the setup utility . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Diskette drive enabled in the Setup utility? Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunction- ing De vice. â Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
2â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 4âN o OS Loadin g, O pti cal Driv e Y Done N Bootable disc in drive? Disc in drive? No OS loading from CD-ROM or DVD-ROM drive. Install bootable disc and reboot computer . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunction- ing De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Install bootable disc. Boots from CD or DVD? Boots from CD or DVD? T r y another bootable disc. Booting from another device? Booting order correct? Correct boot order using the setup utility . Done Reseat drive. Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 3 Flo wc h art 2. 1 5âN o Audio, P ar t 1 No audio. N Computer in docking device (if applicable)? Internal audio? Audio? Done Undock Audio? Done T urn up audio internally or externally . Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Replace the following docking device compo- nents one at a time, as applicable. Check audio status after each change. 1. Reseat docking device audio cable. 2. Replace audio cable. 3. Replace speaker . 4. Replace docking device audio board. 5. Replace backplane board. 6. Replace I/O board. Y Y Y Y N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â
2â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 6âNo Au dio, P art 2 YN Continued from âFlowchart 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Reload audio drivers. Audio driver in OS configured? Audio? Y Y Y N N N Correct drivers for application? Connect to external speaker . Load drivers and set configuration in OS. Audio? Done Replace audio board and speaker connections in computer (if applicable). Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Internal speakers. â Audio board (if applicable).
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 5 Flo wc har t 2. 1 7âNonfun c tioning De vice Done Any physical device detected? Y N Unplug the nonfunctioning device from the computer and inspect cables and plugs for bent or broken pins or other damage. Reseat device. Clear CMOS. Done Fix o r replace broken item. Nonfunctioning device. Reattach device. Close computer , plug in power , and reboot. Device boots properly? Go to âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operat- ing System (OS) Loading. â Device boots properly? Replace hard drive. Replace diskette drive. Replace NIC. If integrated NIC, replace system board. Y N Y N
2â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2. 1 8âNonfun c tioning K e yboard Y N Keyboard operating properly? Keyboard not operating prop- erly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external key- board. Reseat internal key- board connector (if applicable). Replace internal keyboard or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Keyboard operating properly?
T r oublesho oting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 7 Flo wc har t 2. 1 9âN onfunc tionin g P ointin g De vice Y N Pointing device not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external pointing device. Reseat internal pointing device connector (if applicable). Replace internal pointing device or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly? Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly?
2â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oublesho oting Flo wc har t 2.20âNo N et w ork/Modem Conn ectio n Y Disconnect all power from the computer and open. No network or modem connec- tion. N Done Digital line? Network or modem jack active? Replace jack or have jack acti- vated. Connect to nondigital line. NIC/modem configured in OS? Reload drivers and recon- figure. Reseat NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace system board. Done N N N N Y Y Y Y Network or modem connec- tion working? Network or modem connec- tion working?
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â1 3 I llus trated P ar ts C a talog This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdo wn and a reference for spare part numbers and option part numbers. 3. 1 Serial N umber Location When ordering parts or requesting information, provide the computer serial number and model number located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
3â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.2 Comp uter M ajor Com ponen ts Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components Item Description Spare P ar t Number 1 Displa y assemblies (include wireless antenna transceiv ers and cab les) 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 394452-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 M2300 models 381065-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models 395138-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 381066-001 Display hinge brac kets (not illustrated) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382417-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 383190-001 Hinge cover (not illustrated; f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models) 382418-001 2 K eyboar d covers (include wireless b utton and light) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models with wireless capability F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models without wireless capability 395143-001 395145-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models with wireless capability F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models without wireless capability 382407-001 382409-001 3 LED boar ds (include cab le, not illustrated) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382415-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382907-001
3â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major Components, Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â5 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 4 K eyboar ds F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models in: Belgium Brazil Denmark Europe and The Netherlands Fr a n c e F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy Ko r e a Norwa y 381068-A41 381068-201 381068-081 381068-331 381068-051 381068-121 381068-041 381068-151 381068-bb1 381068-061 381068-ad1 381068-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n The United Kingdom Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States 381068-131 381068-171 381068-071 381068-b71 381068-111 381068-ab1 381068-031 381068-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models in: Europe and The Netherlands Ko r e a Latin America 367777-331 367777-AD1 367777-161 Sweden/Finland Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom The United States 367777-B71 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031 367777-001
3â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â7 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 5 T op co vers (include T ouchP ad) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 395139-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 395140-001 6 Speaker assemblies F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382410-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 383189-001 7 Bluetooth modules 376651-001 and 399777-001 8 USB/S-Video contr oller board 382416-001 9 P ower connector boar d 382414-001 10 Fa n (includes ther mal pad) 382411-001 11 Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 395436-001
3â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major Components, Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â9 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 12 Processors (include thermal pad) Intel P entium M 750 (1.8 0-GHz) with 400-MHz front-side b us (FSB) Intel P entium M 740 (1.70- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735A (1 .70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 730 (1.60- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1 .60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 394827-001 394826-001 407315-001 397100-001 394825-001 Intel Celeron M 380 (1.70- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.50- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.40- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.30- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 397344-001 383876-001 380033-001 380032-001 13 Battery connector board 382413-001 14 System board (includes disk cell R TC batter y) 395135-001 15 Base enclosures F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 395141-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 395142-001 16 Hard drives (include frame and connector) 5400-r pm, 40 GB 4200-r pm, 80 GB 4200-r pm, 60 GB 4200-r pm, 40 GB 394453-001 381398-001 381397-001 381396-001
3â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P av ilion z e2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â11 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382400-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382401-001 17a 17b 17c Includes: Hard drive co ver (includes tw o captive scre ws) Memor y module compar tment co v er (includes 2 captiv e screws) Mini PCI compar tment cov er (includes 2 captiv e screws) PC Card slot space sav er and computer f eet (not illustrated) 408482-001 18 Mini PCI communications modules Broadcomm 802.11b/g wir eless local access network (WLAN) module f or use in most of the wor ld Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 373047-001 373048-001 Intel 802.11b/g WLAN modu le f or use in most of the w orld Intel 802.11b/g WLAN modu le f or use in the rest of the w or ld 373025-001 373026-001 TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the w orld TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the w or ld 392591-001 392591-002 FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the w orld FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 390622-001 390622-002
3â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major Components, Compaq Pr esari o M2 300
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â13 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P ar t Number 19 Memor y modules (266 MHz) 512-MB 381395-001 256-MB 381394-001 SD Car d Memory modules 256-MB 403573-001 128-MB 403572-001 20 Optical drives (include bezel) F or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM drive 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381399-001 381401-001 390141-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM drive 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381400-001 381402-001 390142-001 21 Battery packs 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 396603-001 and 367760-001 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 398832-001 and 367759-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 396602-001 and 398065-001
3â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3. 3 M iscellan eous P l a stic s Kit Misce llaneous P lastic s K it
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â15 T able 3-2 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F o r use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382400-001 F o r use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382401-001 1 2 3 Includes: Memor y module compar tment cov er Mini PCI compar tment cov er Hard drive co ver PC Card slot space sa ver and computer feet 408482-001 4 5 Includes: PC Card slot space sa ver Computer f eet (4)
3â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.4 M a s s St or a g e De vi ce s Mass S tor age De v ice s
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â17 T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number 1 Har d drives (include frame and connector) 5400-r pm, 40 GB 4200-r pm, 80 GB 4200-r pm, 60 GB 4200-r pm, 40 GB 394453-001 381398-001 381397-001 381396-001 2 Optical drives F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381399-001 381401-001 390141-001 F o r use on Compaq Pr esario M2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive 381400-001 381402-001 390142-001 USB digital drive (not illustrated) 364727-001
3â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.5 Miscell aneous (N ot I llustra ted) Ta b l e 3 - 4 Miscellaneous (not illustrated) Spare P ar t Information Description Spare P ar t Number A u dio Y cable 2 379452-001 HP backpac k 405527-001 HP remote control 371694-001 Logo Kits F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382404-001 F o r use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382405-001 Notebook entertainment cable 2 375759-001 USB travel mouse 309674-001 Wired headset with v olume control 371693-001 65-watt A C adapter 371790-001 and 403551-001 Screw Kit (includes the f ollowing scre ws; ref er to Appendix C, âScre w Listing, â f or more information on screw specifications and usage) F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382402-001 F o r use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382403-001 Includes: â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 round head screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM1.5Ã2.0 screw
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â19 Po w e r c o r d s , f or use in: A u stralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance, Germany , Greece, the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-021 Brazil 373979-201 Canada, F rench Canada, Latin America, Thailand, and The United States 373979-001 Denmark 373979-081 Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 373979-031 Israel 373979-BB1 Italy 373979-061 K orea 373979-AD1 P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AA1 Switzerland 373979-111 Ta b l e 3 - 4 Miscellaneous (not illustrated) Spare P ar t Information (Continued) Description Spare P ar t Number
3â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.6 Sequ enti al P ar t Number Lis ting T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing Spare P ar t Number Description 309674-001 USB tra v el mouse 364727-001 USB digital drive 367759-001 Batter y pack, 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 367760-001 Batter y pack, 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 367777-001 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in the United States 367777-031 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in the United Kingdom 367777-161 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in Latin America 367777-281 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presar io M2300 models in Thailand 367777-331 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presario M2300 models in the Netherlands 367777-AB1 K eyboard f or use on Co mpaq Presar io M2300 models in Ta i w a n 367777-AD1 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models in K orea 371693-001 Wired headset with v olume control 371694-001 HP remote control 371790-001 65-watt A C adapter 373025-001 Mini PCI communications mo dule , 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â21 Spare P ar t Number Description 373026-001 Mini PCI communications mo dule , 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 373047-001 Mini PCI communications module , 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 373048-001 Mini PCI communications module , 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the world) 373979-001 P ow er cord f or use in Cana da, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiw an, Thailand, and the United States 373979-011 P ow er cord f or use in A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-021 P ow er cord f or use in Be lgium, Europe, Finland, F rance, Ger many , Greece , the Nether lands , Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-031 P ow er cord f or use in Ho ng K ong and the United Kingdom 373979-061 P ow er cord f or use in Italy 373979-081 P ow er cord f or use in Denmark 373979-111 P ow er cord f or use in Switzerland 373979-201 P ow er cord f or use in Brazil 373979-AA1 P ow er cord f or use in P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AD1 P ower cord f or use in K orea 373979-BB1 P ow er cord f or use in Israel 375759-001 Notebook Enter tainment Cable 2 376651-001 Broadcomm Bluetooth module 379452-001 A udio Y cable 2 380032-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 350 (1.3-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog Spare P ar t Number Description 380033-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 360 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 381065-001 Displa y assembly , 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , for use on HP P avilion ze2300 models (inclu des wireless antenna transceiv ers and cab les) 381066-001 Displa y assembly , 15 .0-inch, XGA TFT , for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables) 381068-001 K eyboard f or use on HP P avili on ze2300 models in Asia P acific, A u stralia, Canada, Hong K ong, t he P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States 381068-031 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in the United Kingdom 381068-041 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Germany 381068-051 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in F rance 381068-061 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in Italy 381068-071 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Spain 381068-081 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Denmark 381068-091 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Norw ay 381068-111 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vi lion ze2300 models in Switz er land 381068-121 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in F rench Canada 381068-131 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in P or tugal 381068-151 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Greece 381068-171 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models in Saudi Arabia T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 3 Spare P ar t Number Description 381068-201 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Br azil 381068-331 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion ze2300 models in Europe and The Netherlands 381068-A41 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion z e2300 models in Belgium 381068-AB1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in T aiwan 381068-AD1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion z e2300 models in K orea 381068-B71 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models in Sweden/Finland 381068-BB1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 models in Isr ael 381394-001 Memor y module, 256-MB (266 MHz) 381395-001 Memor y module, 512-MB (266 MHz) 381396-001 Hard drive, 4200-rpm, 40 -GB (includes frame and connector) 381397-001 Hard drive, 4200-rpm, 60 -GB (includes frame and connector) 381398-001 Hard drive, 4200-rpm, 80 -GB (includes frame and connector) 381399-001 8X D VD-ROM Driv e f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models (includes bezel) 381400-001 8X D VD-ROM Drive f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models (includes bezel) 381401-001 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Driv e f or use on HP P avilion ze2300 models (includes bezel) 381402-001 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes bezel) 382400-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382401-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog Spare P ar t Number Description 382402-001 Scre w Kit f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382403-001 Scre w Kit F or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models 382404-001 Logo Kit f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models 382405-001 Logo Kit f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382407-001 K eyboard cov er f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models with wireless capability (inc ludes wireless button and light) 382409-001 K eyboard cov er f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models without wireless capability (inc ludes wireless bu tton and light) 382410-001 Speaker assemb ly for us e on HP P a vilion ze2300 models 382411-001 F an (includes ther mal pad) 382413-001 Batter y connector board 382414-001 P ow er connector board 382415-001 LED board f or use on HP P avilion z e2300 models (includes cab le) 382416-001 USB/S-Video controller board 382417-001 Displa y hinge brac kets f o r use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models 382418-001 Hinge cov ers (for use only on Compaq Presario M2300 models) 382907-001 LED board f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes cab le) 383189-001 Speaker assemb ly for us e on Compaq Presario M2300 models 383190-001 Displa y hinge brac kets f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 383876-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 370 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 5 Spare P ar t Number Description 390141-001 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive f or use on HP P avilion ze 2300 m odels (includes bezel) 390142-001 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 models (includes bezel) 390622-001 FR VL 802.11 b/g WLAN module , f or use in most of the world 390622-002 FR VL 802.11 b/g WLAN module, f or use in the rest of the world 392591-001 TI 802.11 b/g WLAN module, f or use in most of the world 392591-001 TI 802.11 b/g WLAN module, f or use in the rest of the world 394452-001 Displa y assembly , 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , for use on HP P avilion ze2300 models (inclu des wireless antenna transceiv ers and cab les) 394453-001 Hard drive, 5400-rpm, 40 -GB (includes frame and connector) 394825-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 725A (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 394826-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 740 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 394827-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 750 (1.80-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 395135-001 System board 395138-001 Displa y assembly , 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , f or use on Compaq Presario M2300 mode ls (includes wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables) 395139-001 T op co v er f or use with HP P avilion ze2300 models 395140-001 T op co v er f or use with Compaq Presario M2300 models 395141-001 Base enclosure f or use with HP P avilion ze2300 models 395142-001 Base enclosure f or use wit h Compaq Presario M2300 models T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog Spare P ar t Number Description 395143-001 K eyboard cov er f or use with HP P avilion ze2300 models with wireless capability 395145-001 K eyboard cov er f or use wi th HP P avilion ze2300 models without wireless capability 395436-001 Heat sink (i ncludes ther mal pad) 396602-001 6-cell, 4.0-Amp hour batter y pack 396603-001 12-cell, 8.0-Amp hour batter y pack 397100-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 730 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 397344-001 Processor , Intel Celeron M 380 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 398065-001 6-cell, 4.0-Amp hour batter y pack 398832-001 6-cell, 4.4-Amp hour batter y pack 399777-001 Broadcomm Bluetooth module 403551-001 65-watt, PFC A C adapter 403572-001 SD Card 128-MB memor y module 403573-001 SD Card 256-MB memor y module 405527-001 HP backpac k 407315-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 735A (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 408482-001 PC Card slot space sav er and computer f eet T able 3-5 Sequential Spare P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â1 4 Remo v al an d Re p l acemen t Preliminaries This chapter provides essential information for proper and safe remov al and replacement service. 4. 1 T ools Required Y ou will need the following tools to complete the remo val and replacement procedures: â Magnetic scre wdriv er â Phillips P0 scre wdriv er â Flat-bladed scre wdriv er â T ool kitâincludes connector remov al tool, loopback plugs, and case utility tool
4â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.2 Ser vice C onsidera tions The follo wing sections include some of the considerations that you should keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. â As you remov e each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompan ying s) aw ay from the work area to pre vent damage. Pl a s t i c Pa r t s Using excessi ve force during disassembly and reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. Ca bl es and C onnec tors à CA UTION: When servic ing the c omputer , ensur e that c ables ar e placed in their pr oper locatio ns during the r eass embly pr ocess . Impr oper cable placement can damage the com puter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to a void damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during remov al and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whene ver possible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Ensure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged b y parts being remov ed or replaced. Handle flex cables w ith e xtreme care; these cables tear easily .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â3 4. 3 Pr e v enti ng Damage t o R emo v able D ri v es Remov able dri ves are fragile components that must be handled with care. T o prev ent damage to the computer , damage to a remov able dri ve, or loss of information, observ e the following precautions: â Before removing or inserting a hard dri ve, shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is off or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. â Before removing a disk ette driv e or optical driv e, ensure that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and ensure that the optical dri ve tray is closed. â Before handling a dri ve, ensure that you are dischar ged of static electricity . While handling a dri ve, av oid touching the connector . â Handle dri ves on surfaces co vered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. â A void dropping dri ves from an y height onto any surf ace. â After removing a hard dri ve, an optical dri ve, or a disk ette dri ve, place it in a static-proof bag. â A void exposing a hard dri ve to products that ha ve magnetic f ields, such as monitors or speakers. â A void exposing a dri ve to temperature e xtremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed, place the dri ve in a b ubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protecti ve packaging and label the package âFRA GILE: Handle W ith Care. â
4â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.4 Pr e v enting El ec trostati c Dam ag e Many electronic components are sensiti ve to electrostatic dischar ge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensiti vity . Networks b uilt into many inte grated circuits provide some protection, b ut in many cases, the dischar ge contains enough po wer to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A sudden dischar ge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensiti ve de vices or microcircuitry . Often the spark is neither felt nor heard, b ut damage occurs. An electronic de vice exposed to electrostatic dischar ge might not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the de vice might function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life e xpectancy .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â5 4.5 P ac k a ging an d T ranspor tin g Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions when packaging and transporting equipment: â T o av oid hand contact, transport products in static-safe containers, such as tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect all electrostatic-sensiti ve parts and assemblies with conducti ve or approv ed containers or packaging. â K eep electrostatic-sensitiv e parts in their containers until the parts arri ve at static-free w orkstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before remo ving items from their containers. â Alw ays be properly grounded when touching a sensiti ve component or assembly . â Store reusable electrostatic-sensiti ve parts from assemblies in protecti ve packaging or nonconducti ve foam. â Use transporters and con ve yors made of antistatic belts and roller b ushings. Ensure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to a v oid static charging. When grounding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges.
4â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.6 W orksta tion Precau tions Use the follo wing grounding precautions at workstations: â Cov er the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material (refer to T able 4-2, âStatic-Shielding Materialsâ ). â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conducti ve field service tools, such as cutters, scre wdriv ers, and v acuums. â When using f ixtures must directly contact dissipati ve surf aces, use f ixtures made only of static-safe materials. â K eep the work area free of nonconductiv e materials, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle electrostatic-sensiti ve components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â A void contact with pins, leads, or circuitry . â T urn off po wer and input signals before inserting or removing connectors or test equipment. 4.7 Groundin g E quip ment an d Methods Grounding equipment must include either a wrist strap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. T o pro vide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conducti ve floors or dissipati ve floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. T o be effecti ve, the conducti ve strips must be worn in contact with the skin.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â7 Other grounding equipment recommended for use in pre v enting electrostatic damage includes: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and slee ve protectors â Conducti ve bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconducti ve foam â Conducti ve tabletop w orkstations with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipati ve tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static aw areness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconducti ve plastic bags, tubes, or box es â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic v oltage le vels and protecti ve materials
4â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es T able 4-1 shows ho w humidity af fects the electrostatic v oltage le vels generated by dif ferent acti vities. T able 4-2 lists the shielding protection provided b y antistatic bags and floor mats. Ta b l e 4 - 1 T ypical Electro static V oltage Levels Relative Humidity Event 10% 40% 55% W alking across car pet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V W alking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vin yl tra y 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrof oam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing b ubble pac k from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7 ,000 V P acking PCBs in f oam-lined bo x 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V â A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Ta b l e 4 - 2 Static-Shielding Materials Material Use V oltage Protection Level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic F loor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â1 5 Remo v al an d Re p l acemen t Pr ocedure s This chapter provides remo val and replacement procedures. There are 66 scre ws, in 8 different sizes, that must be remo ved, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer . Make special note of each scre w size and location during remov al and replacement. Refer to Appendix C, âScre w Listing, â for detailed information on scre w sizes, locations, and usage.
5â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 Seri al N umber Report the computer serial number to HP when requesting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 .2 Di s assem bl y Seque nce Chart Use the chart belo w to determine the section number to be referenced when removing computer components. Disassembl y Sequence Char t Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassemb ly Batter y pack 0 5.4 Hard Drive 2 loosened to remov e the hard drive cov er 4 remov ed to disassemble the hard drive 5.5 Computer F eet 0 5.6 Optical Drive 1 5.7 Memor y Module 2 loosened to remov e the memor y module compar tment cov er 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Module 1 loosened to remov e the Mini PCI compar tment cov er à T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f o r use in y our computer by the go ver nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 5.9 K eyboard Co ver 2 5.10 LED Board 2 5.11 Key b o a r d 4
5â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.12 Displa y Assemb ly HP Pa vilion ze2300 = 4 Compaq Presario M2300 = 6 5.13 Base Enclosure HP P avilion ze 2300 = 23 Compaq Presario M2300 = 25 5.14 RT C B a t t e r y 0 5.15 Speaker Assemb ly 0 5.16 Heat Sink 3 5.17 Fa n 2 5.18 Processor 1 loosened 5.19 Batter y Connector Board 2 5.20 P ow er Connector Board 2 5.21 USB/S-Video Controller Board 1 5.22 Bluetooth Module 2 5.23 System Board HP P avilion z e2300 = 2 Compaq Presario M2300 = 4 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued)
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 5 .3 Preparing t he C om puter for Di sassem bl y Before you begin an y remov al or installation procedures: 1. Shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external de vices connected to the computer . 3. Disconnect the po wer cord. 4. Remov e the battery pack by follo wing these steps: a. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. Battery P ack Spare P a rt Number Information 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 396603-001 and 367760-001 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 398832-001 and 367759-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 396602-001 and 398065-001
5â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es b . Slide and hold the battery release latch 1 to the left. (The front edge of the battery pack disengages from the computer .) c. Lift the front edge of the battery pack 2 up and swing it back. d. Remov e the battery pack. R emo v i ng the Battery P ack Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the battery pack. 5 .4 Hard Driv e Har d Drive Spare P ar t Number Information 5400-r pm, 40 GB 4200-r pm, 80 GB 4200-r pm, 60 GB 4200-r pm, 40 GB 394453-001 381398-001 381397-001 381396-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 1. Position the computer with the rear panel to ward you. 2. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the hard dri ve cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the right side of the cov er 2 and swing it to the left. 4. Remov e the hard driv e cov er . â The hard dri ve cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 382400-001 (for use on HP Pavilion ze2300 models) and 382401-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models). R emo v ing the H ar d Dri ve C o ver
5â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. Grasp the mylar tab 1 and lift the hard dri ve until it disconnects from the computer . 6. Remov e the hard driv e 2 from the hard dri ve bay . R emo v ing the H ar d Dri ve
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â9 7. Remov e the four PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the hard dri ve frame to the hard dri ve. 8. Lift the frame 2 up to remov e if from the hard driv e. 9. Slide the hard dri ve connector 3 to ward you and remov e it. R emo v ing the H ar d Dri ve F r ame and Connec tor Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the hard dri ve.
5â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 5 C o m p u t e r F e e t The computer feet are adhesi ve-backed rubber pads. The feet are a v ailable using spare part number 408482-001. The feet attach to the base enclosure as illustrated belo w . Re p la ci n g th e C om p ut e r Fee t
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â11 5 .6 Optical Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Optical Drive Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 381399-001 381401-001 390141-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models: 8X D VD-ROM driv e 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 381400-001 381402-001 390142-001
5â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the PM2.0Ã7.0 screw 1 that secures the optical dri ve to the computer . 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip 2 , into the media tray release hole. (The optical dri ve media tray releases from the optical dri ve.) 4. Use the media tray frame to slide the optical dri ve 3 to the right. 5. Remov e the optical driv e. R emo v i ng the Optical Dr i v e Re v erse the abov e procedure to install an optical driv e.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â13 5. 7 M e m o r y M o d u l e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3 ). Memory Module Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation 512-MB 381395-001 256-MB 381394-001 and 403573-001 128-MB 403572-001
5â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Position the computer with the rear panel to ward you. 3. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cov er to the computer . 4. Lift the rear edge of the memory module compartment cove r 2 up and swing it tow ard you. 5. Remov e the memory module compartment cove r . â The memory module compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 382400-001 (for use on HP Pavilion ze2300 models) and 382401-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models). R emo v ing the Memory Module C ompartment Co ver
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â15 6. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module socket to release the memory module. (The right side of the module rises aw ay from the computer .) 7. Slide the module 2 aw ay from the socket at an angle. â Memory modules are designed with a security notch 3 to pre vent incorrect installation into the memory module socket. R emo v ing the Memory Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a memory module.
5â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .8 M ini P CI Comm unica tions Module 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the memory module compartment cove r ( Section 5.7 ). 3. Position the computer with the front to ward you. Mini PCI Comm unications Module Spare P ar t Number Information Broadcomm 802.11b/g wireless local access network (WLAN) module f or use in most of the wor ld) Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN modu le f or use in the rest of the w or ld 373047-001 373048-001 Intel 802.11b/g WLAN module f o r use in most of the world Intel 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 373025-001 373026-001 TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the world TI 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 392591-001 392591-002 FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the world FR VL 802.11b/g WLAN modulef or use in the rest of the world 390622-001 390622-002
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â17 4. Loosen the PM2.0Ã5.0 scre w 1 that secures the Mini PCI compartment cov er to the computer . 5. Lift the rear edge of the Mini PCI compartment cov er 2 up and then swing it to ward you. 6. Remov e the Mini PCI compartment cov er . â The Mini PCI compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 382400-001 (for use on HP Pavilion ze2300 models) and 382401-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models). R emo v i ng the Mini P CI Compartment C o ve r
5â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Before disconnecting the cables, make note of which wireless antenna cable is attached to which antenna clip on the Mini PCI communications module. 7. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables 1 from the Mini PCI communications module. 8. Spread the two retaining tabs 2 that secure the Mini PCI communications module to the communications compartment socket. (The front edge of the module rises up). 9. Remov e the wireless communications module 3 by pulling the module aw ay from the socket at a 45-degree angle. â Mini PCI communications modules are designed with a security notch 4 to pre vent incorrect installation into the Mini PCI socket. R emo ving a Mini P CI Comm unicati ons Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a Mini PCI communications module.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â19 5 .9 K e yboard Co v er 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. T urn the computer upside down with the rear panel to ward you. Ke yboard Co ver Spare Pa r t Number Inf ormation F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models with wireless capability (includes wireless button and light) F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models without wireless capability (includes wireless bu tton and light) 395143-001 395145-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models with wireless capability (includes wireless bu tton and light) F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models without wireless capability (includes wireless bu tton and light) 382407-001 382409-001
5â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã8.0 scre ws that secure the ke yboard cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the K ey board C ov er Scr e ws
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â21 4. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 5. Open the computer as far as possible. 6. Insert a flat blade tool into the ke yboard cover notches behind the f4 , f12 , and insert ke ys 1 and lift up 2 until the ke yboard cov er disengages from the computer . 7. Remov e the keyboard co ver . R emo v i ng the K ey board C ov er Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the keyboard co ver .
5â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 0 LED Bo ard 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the keyboard co ver ( Section 5.9 ). LED Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382415-001 382907-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 3 3. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the keyboard cable 1 from the system board. 4. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 2 that secure the LED board to the computer . 5. Remov e the LED board 3 . R emo v i ng the LED Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the LED board.
5â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 1 K eyb o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the keyboard co ver ( Section 5.9 ). Ke yboard Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models in: Belgium Brazil Denmark Europe and The Netherlands F rance F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy Ko r e a Norwa y 381068-A41 381068-201 381068-081 381068-331 381068-051 381068-121 381068-041 381068-151 381068-bb1 381068-061 381068-ad1 381068-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n The United Kingdom Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States 381068-131 381068-171 381068-071 381068-b71 381068-111 381068-ab1 381068-031 381068-001 F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models in: Europe and The Netherlands Ko r e a Latin America 367777-331 367777-AD1 367777-161 Sweden/Finland Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom The United States 367777-B71 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031 367777-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 5 3. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure the k eyboard to the computer . R emo v i ng the K ey board S cr e ws
5â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. Lift the rear edge of the ke yboard and swing it to ward you until it rests on the palm rest. Re le a s i n g th e Keybo a rd
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 7 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the keyboard. Disconnecting the K e yboar d Cable Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the keyboard.
5â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 2 D ispla y Asse mbl y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) b . Mini PCI compartment co ver ( Section 5.8 ) c. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) d. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) Displa y Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on HP P avilion ze2300 models 394452-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on HP P a vilion ze2300 M2300 models 381065-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT with BrightView , for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models 395138-001 15.0-inch, XGA TFT , f or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 381066-001 Displa y hinge brack ets (not illustrated) F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382417-001 383190-001 Hinge cov er (not illustrated; f o r use only on Compaq Presario M2300 models) 382418-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 9 2. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. 3. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI communications module 1 . 4. Remov e the cables from the clip 2 in the base enclosure. Disconnecting and R emo v ing the W ir eless A ntenna Cables
5â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. T urn the computer display-side up with the front towa rd you. 6. Open the display . 7. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the system board. 8. Remov e the wireless antenna cables from the clips 2 in the top cov er . Disconnecting the Dis pla y Cable s
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â31 Ã CA UTION: Support the display a ssembl y when r emov ing the follo wi ng sc r ew s. F ailur e to follo w this cautio n can r esult in damage to the displa y ass embl y . â Steps 9 and 10 apply only to HP Pa vilion ze2300 models. See steps 11 and 12 in this section for information on removing the display assembly on Compaq Presario M2300 models. 9. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 10. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Assembl y Scr ew s, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Onl y
5â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es à CA UTION: Support the display a ssembl y when r emov ing the follo wi ng sc r ew s. F ailur e to follo w this cautio n can r esult in damage to the displa y ass embl y . â Steps 11 and 12 apply only to Compaq Presario M2300 models. 11. Remov e the six PM2.0Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 12. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Assembl y , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the display assembly .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 3 5. 1 3 B a s e E n c l o s u r e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) 2. Position the computer with the front panel to ward you. Base Enc losure Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 395141-001 395142-001
5â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 3 through 5 apply only to HP Pa vilion ze2300 models. See steps 6 through 8 in this section for information on removing the base enclosure scre ws on Compaq Presario M2300 models. 3. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã8.0 screws 1 and the tw o PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 2 that secure the base enclosure to the computer . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 1, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Only
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 4. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. 5. Remov e the following: 1 Fi ve PM2.0Ã16.0 scre ws that secure the base enclosure the computer 2 Se ven PM2.0Ã8.0 scre ws that secure the base enclosure the computer 3 Six PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws that secure the base enclosure the computer R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 2 , HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Only
5â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 6 through 8 apply only to Compaq Presario M2300 models. 6. Remov e the six PM2.0Ã8.0 screws 1 and the PM2.0Ã4.0 scre w 2 that secure the base enclosure to the computer . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 1, Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 7 7. T urn the computer upside down with the front panel to ward you. 8. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 and the f ifteen PM2.0Ã8.0 scre ws 2 that secure the base enclosure to the computer . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r ew s, P ar t 2 , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only
5â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 9 and 10 apply to both HP Pa vilion ze2300 and Compaq Presario M2300 models. 9. Lift the rear edge of the base enclosure 1 until it disengages from the computer . 10. Slide the base enclosure 2 back and remov e it. R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the base enclosure.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 9 5. 1 4 R TC B a t t e r y â The R TC battery is spared with the system board spare part kits. If the battery needs to be replaced, use an âML1220â model battery . 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 )
5â40 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the R TC battery from the socket on the system board. R emo v ing the RT C Batter y Re verse the abo ve procedure to install the R TC battery . Make sure the battery is installed with the â â side facing up.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â41 5 . 1 5 Spea k er Assem b l y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) Speaker Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models F or use on Compaq Presar io M2300 models 382410-001 383189-001
5â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Disconnect the speaker cable 1 from the system board. 3. Lift the speaker 2 straight up to remo ve it from the top co ver . R emo v i ng the Speak er Ass embly Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the speaker assembly .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â43 5 . 1 6 Hea t Sink 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) Heat Sink Spare P ar t Number Information Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 395436-001
5â44 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Disconnect the fan cable 1 from the system board. 3. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the heat sink to the top cov er . 4. Remov e the heat sink 3 . R emo v i ng the Heat Sink Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the heat sink.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 5 5. 1 7 Fa n 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) j. Heat sink ( Section 5.16 ) 2. T urn the heat sink upside down with the front panel to ward you. F an Spare P ar t Number Information F an (includes ther mal pad) 382411-001
5â46 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 1 that secure the fan to the heat sink. 4. Remov e the fan 2 . R emo v ing the Fan Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the fan.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 7 5. 1 8 P r o c e s s o r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) j. Heat sink ( Section 5.16 ) Pr ocessor Spare P ar t Number Information Intel P entium M 750 (1.80-GH z) with 400-MHz front-side bus (FSB) Intel P entium M 740 (1.70-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735A (1.7 0-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 730 (1.60-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1.6 0-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 394827-001 394826-001 407315-001 397100-001 394825-001 Intel Celeron M 380 (1.70- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.50- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.40- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.30- GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 397344-001 383876-001 380033-001 380032-001
5â4 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. T urn the processor locking screw 1 one-quarter turn counterclockwise until you feel a click. 3. Lift the processor 2 straight up and remov e it. â The gold triangle 3 on the processor should be aligned in the front right corner when you install the processor. R emo v ing the Pr ocessor Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a processor .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 9 5. 1 9 B a t t e r y C o n n e c t o r B o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) 2. T urn the top cover top-side up with the front panel to ward you. Battery Connector Board Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation Batter y connector board 382413-001
5â5 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the PM2.0Ã4.0 screw that secures the battery connector board to the top cov er . R emo v ing the Bat tery Connec tor Boar d Scr ew
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â51 4. T urn the top cover upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. 5. Remov e the PM2.0Ã4.0 screw 1 that secures the battery connector board to the top cov er . 6. Slide the battery connector board 2 to ward the rear panel until it disconnects from the system board. 7. Remov e the battery connector board 3 . R emo v ing the Bat tery Connec tor Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the the battery connector board.
5â5 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 2 0 P owe r C o n n e c t o r B o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) P ower Connector Boar d Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation P ow er connector board 382414-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 3 2. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 1 that secure the po wer connector board to the top cov er . 3. Slide the po wer connector board 2 tow ard the rear panel until it disconnects it from the system board. 4. Remov e the power connector board 3 . R emo v ing the P ow er Connec tor Boar d Re verse the abo ve procedure to install the po wer connector board.
5â54 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .2 1 USB/S - Video Controll er Board â This section applies only to full-featured models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) USB/S-Video Contr oller Board Spare P ar t Number Information USB/S-Video controller board 382416-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â5 5 2. Remov e the PM2.0Ã4.0 screw 1 that secures the USB/S-V ideo controller board to the top cov er . 3. Lift up on the right side of the board 2 to disconnect it from the system board. 4. Remov e the USB/S-V ideo controller board. R emo v i ng the U SB/S - Vi deo Contr oller Board Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the USB/S-V ideo controller board.
5â5 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .2 2 Bluetooth Modul e â This section applies only to full-featured models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Memory module compartment cov er ( Section 5.7 ) d. Mini PCI compartment cov er ( Section 5.8 ) e. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) f. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) g. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) h. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) i. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) 2. T urn the USB/S-V ideo controller board upside do wn with the USB port aw ay from you. Bluetooth Module Spare P ar t Number Information Bluetooth module 376651-001 and 399777-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 7 3. Remov e the two PM1.5Ã3.5 scre ws 1 that secure the Bluetooth module to the USB/S-V ideo controller board. 4. Disconnect the Bluetooth module cable 2 from the USB/S-V ideo controller board. 5. Remov e the Bluetooth module 3 . R emo v i ng the Bluetooth Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the Bluetooth module.
5â5 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 23 Sys t e m B o a r d â All system board spares kits include a disk cell R TC battery . â When replacing the system board, ensure that the follo w ing components are remov ed from the defectiv e system board and installed on the replacement system board: â Memory modules ( Section 5.7 ) â Mini PCI communications module ( Section 5.8 ) â R TC battery ( Section 5.14) â Heat sink ( Section 5.16 ) â Processor ( Section 5.18 ) System Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information System board 395135-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 9 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the following components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. K eyboard cov er ( Section 5.9 ) d. LED board ( Section 5.10 ) e. K eyboard ( Section 5.11 ) f. Display assembly ( Section 5.12 ) g. Base enclosure ( Section 5.13 ) h. Speaker assembly ( Section 5.15 ) i. Battery connector board ( Section 5.19 ) j. Po wer connector board ( Section 5.20 ) k. USB/S-V ideo controller board ( Section 5.21 ) 2. T urn the top cover top-side up, with the front panel to ward you.
5â60 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the T ouchPad cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the T ouc hP ad Cable
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â61 4. T urn the top cover upside do wn with the front to ward you. â Step 5 applies only to HP Pa vilion ze2300 models. See step 6 in this section for information on removing the system board scre ws on Compaq Presario M2300 models. 5. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws that secure the system board to the top cov er . R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Sc r e w s, HP P av ilion z e2 300 Models Only
5â6 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Step 6 applies only to Compaq Presario M2300 models. 6. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the system board to the top cov er . ola R emo v ing the S y stem Boar d Scr e ws , Compaq Pr esar io M2 300 Models Only
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedure s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 3 7. Flex the left edge of the top co ver 1 out until the 1394 connector 2 disengages from the top cov er . 8. Lift the left side of the system board 3 until the 1394 connector is clear . 9. Flex the front edge of the top co ver 4 until the audio connectors 5 and LED section 6 of the system board disengage from the top co ver . R eleasing the S y stem Boar d
5â64 Maintenance and Servi c e Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 10. Slide the system board to the left at an angle and remov e it. R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the system board.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â1 6 Spec ific ations This chapter provides physical and performance specif ications. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer Dimensions HP P avilion z e2300 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.01 cm to 3.86 cm 23.46 cm 33.40 cm 1.19 in to 1.52 in 9.24 in 13.15 in Compaq Presario M2300 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.29 cm to 3.89 cm 23.06 cm 33.40 cm 1.30 in to 1.53 in 9.08 in 13.15 in W eight (varies by configur ation) HP P avilion z e2300 Compaq Presario M2300 2.44 kg 2.39 kg 5.38 lb 5.26 lb Stand-alone power requirements Operating v oltage Operating current 18.5V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W 3.5 A
6â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T emperature Operating Nonoperating 10°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 50°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating 10% to 90% 5% to 95%, 38.7°C (101.6°F) maximum wet b ulb temperature Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating (14.7 to 10.1 psia) Nonoperating (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating Nonoperating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random Vibration Operating Nonoperating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min s weep rate 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min s weep rate â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â3 Ta b l e 6 - 2 15.0-inch, XGA, Displa y Dimensions Height Width Diagonal 22.9 cm 30.0 cm 38.1 cm 9.0 in 11.8 in 15.0 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 250:1 Brightness 150 nits typical Pixel resolution Pitch Fo r m a t Configuration 0.264 à 0.264 mm 1024 à 768 RGB v er tical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 T otal power consumption 5.5 W Viewing angle /-35° horizontal, 15/-35° v er tical typical
6â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives 80-GB* 60-GB* 40-GB* Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave r a g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 156,301,488 117,210,240 78,140,160 Disk rotational speed 4200 r pm 4200 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusi ons apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion b ytes when ref erring to hard dr iv e storage capacity . Actual capacity is less. â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly .
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â5 Ta b l e 6 - 4 Primary 6-cell, Li-Ion Batter y P ack Dimensions Height Width Depth We i g h t 2.00 cm 9.40 cm 13.40 cm 0.34 kg 0.79 in 3.70 in 5.28 in 0.75 lb Energ y V oltage Amp-hour capacity W att-hour capacity 11.1 V 4.4 Ah 48 Wh T emperature Operating Nonoperating 5°C to 45°C 0°C to 60°C 41°F to 113°F 32°F to 140°F
6â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 5 D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: DV D - R , DV D - R W, DV D - R O M (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A u dio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â7 Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitc h 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V r ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 5 D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Drive (Continued)
6â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 6 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: D VD-R, D VD-RW , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A u dio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and mult ise ssi on) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â9 Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitc h 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V r ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 6 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-7 8X D VD-R OM Drive Applicable disc D VD-R OM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18) CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2) CD-R CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â11 T rack pitc h 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 100 ms < 175 ms < 125 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V rms Cache b uffer 512 KB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 10 seconds Stop time < 3 seconds T able 6-7 8X D VD-R OM Drive (Continued)
6â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 8 System DMA Hard ware DMA System Function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1 Not applicable DMA2 Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memor y access controller DMA5 A vailab le for PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â13 Ta b l e 6 - 9 System Interrupts Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Quic k Launch buttons IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 USB2 Enhanced Ho st Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Cone xant ACâLink A udio SMBus Controllerâ24C3 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ6 Diskette driv e IRQ7* P arallel por t IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ10* USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek R TL8139 F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller IRQ11 USB EHCI controllerâ24CD USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Pro/Wireless 2300BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller *Def ault configuration â PC Card may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, or IRQ20.
6â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 por t pointing device IRQ13 Numer ic data processor IRQ14 Pri mar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel IRQ17 Cone xant A C -Link A udio IRQ17 Soft V90 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ17 A Ti Mobility Radeon Xpress 200 Series IRQ19 Standard Enhanced PC I to USB Host Controller IRQ19 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller IRQ19 Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller IRQ20 TI 6411 PCIxx21/ x515 Cardb us Controller IRQ20 TI OHCI Compliant I EEE 1394 Host Controller IRQ21 TI Integrated PCIxx21 FlashMedia Controller IRQ21 Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN IRQ21 Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ22 Realtek RTL8100CL F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller IRQ23 SD A Standard Compli ant SD Host Controller *Def ault configuration â PC Card may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, or IRQ20. Ta b l e 6 - 9 System Interrupts (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â15 T able 6-10 System I/O Addresses I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0x00000000-0x00000CF7 PCI bus 0x00000000-0x00000CF7 Direc t memor y access controller 0x00000020-0x00000021 Progr am mab le interrupt controller 0x0000002E-0x0000002F S ystem board resources 0x00000040-0x00000043 System timer 0x00000060-0x00000060 Quic k Launch Buttons 0x00000061-0x00000061 System speak er 0x00000062-0x00000062 Microsoft A C PI-Compliant Embedded Controller 0x00000064-0x00000064 Quic k Launch Buttons 0x00000066-0x00000066 Microsoft A C PI-Compliant Embedded Controller 0x00000070-0x00000071 System CMOS/real-time cloc k 0x00000072-0x00000073 S ystem board resources 0x00000080-0x0000008F Direc t memor y access controller 0x00000092-0x00000092 S ystem board resources 0x000000A0-0x000000A1 Program mab le interrupt controller 0x000000B0-0x000000B1 S ystem board resources 0x000000C0-0x000000DF Direct memor y access controller 0x000000F0-0x000000FE Numeric data processor 0x00000170-0x00000177 Secondar y IDE Channel
6â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0x000001F0-0x000001F7 Primar y IDE Channel 0x00000220-0x0000022F S ystem board resources 0x00000274-0x00000277 ISAPNP Read Data P or t 0x00000279-0x00000279 ISAPNP Read Data P or t 0x00000280-0x00000293 S ystem board resources 0x00000376-0x00000376 Secondar y IDE Channel 0x000003B0-0x000003BB PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0x000003B0-0x000003BB A TI MOBILI TY RADEON Xpress 200 Ser ies 0x000003C0-0x000003DF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0x000003C0-0x000003DF A TI MOBILI TY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0x000003F6-0x000003F6 Primar y IDE Channel 0x0000040B-0x0000040B S ystem board resources 0x000004D0-0x000004D1 System board resources 0x000004D6-0x000004D6 System board resources 0x00000530-0x00000537 S ystem board resources 0x00000870-0x0000087F S ystem board resources 0x00000A79-0x00000A79 ISAPNP Read Data P o r t 0x00000C00-0x00000C01 System board resources 0x00000C14-0x00000C14 System board resources 0x00000C50-0x00000C52 System board resources 0x00000C6C-0x00000C6C System board resources T able 6-10 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â17 I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0x00000C6F-0x00000C6F S ystem board resources 0x00000CD4-0x00000CD5 System board resources 0x00000CD6-0x00000CD7 System board resources 0x00000CD8-0x00000CDF System board resources 0x00000D00-0x0000FFFF PCI bus 0x00000F40-0x00000F47 System board resources 0x00001080-0x00001080 S ystem board resources 0x00008000-0x0000805F S ystem board resources 0x00008100-0x000081FF S ystem board resources 0x00008400-0x0000840F A TI SMBus 0x00008410-0x0000841F Standard Du al Channel PCI IDE Controller 0x00009000-0x00009FFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI br idge 0x00009000-0x00009FFF A TI MOBILI TY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0x0000A000-0x0000A0FF Realtek R TL813 9/810x F amily F ast Ether net NIC 0x0000F000-0x0000FFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0x0000FD00-0x0000FDFF T exas Instruments PCIxx21/x515 Cardbus Controller 0x0000FE00-0x0000FEFF T e xas In str uments PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller T able 6-10 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
6â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-11 System Memory Map Memory Map Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0xD4100000-0xD41FFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xD4100000-0xD41FFFFF A TI MOBILITY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0xD8000000-0xDBFFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xD8000000-0xDBFFFFFF A TI MOBILITY RADEON Xpress 200 Series 0xF A C00000-0xFEBFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI br idge 0xF6C00000-0xF ABFFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xD4000000-0xD4000FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller 0xD4001000-0xD4001FFF Standard OpenHCD USB Host Controller 0xD4002000-0xD4002FFF Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller 0xD4003000-0xD40033FF A TI SMBus 0xFFF80000-0xFFFFFFFF System board 0xE0000000-0xE03FFFFF System board 0xE0000000-0xE03FFFFF System board resources 0x0000-0x0FFF System board
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â19 Memory Map Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0xD4208000-0xD42087FF T e xas Instr uments OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller 0xD4200000-0xD4203FFF T e xas Instr uments OHCI Compliant IEEE 1394 Host Controller 0xD4204000-0xD4205FFF Broadcomm 802.11b/g WLAN 0xFFEFF000-0xFFEFFFFF T e xas Inst r uments PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller 0xFFEFE000-0xFFEFEFFF T e xas Instru ments PCIxx21/x515 Cardbus Controller 0xF2C00000-0xF6BFFFFF T e xas Instr u ments PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller 0xD4206000-0xD4207FFF T e xas Inst r uments PCIxx21 Integrated FlashMedia Controller 0xD4209000-0xD42090FF SD A Standard Compliant SD Host Controller 0xD4208C00-0xD4208CFF SD A Standard Compliant SD Host Controller 0xD4208800-0xD42088FF SD A Standard Compliant SD Host Controller T able 6-11 System Memory Map (Continued)
6â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Memory Map Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0xD4209400-0xD42094FF Realtek R TL81 39/810x F amily F ast Ether net NIC 0xD4003400-0xD40034FF Cone xant AC-Link A udio 0xD4003800-0xD40038FF SoftV90 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP 0xFEC00000-0xFEC00FFF System board resources 0xFEE00000-0xFEE00FFF System board resources 0xA0000-0xBFFFF PCI b us 0xA0000-0xBFFFF PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge 0xA0000-0xBFFFF A TI MOBILITY RADEON Xpress 200 Ser ies 0xD6000-0xD7FFF PCI b us 0xDC000-0xDDFFF PCI b us 0xDD000-0xDDFFF T e xas Instr ume nts PCIxx21/x515 Cardb us Controller 0xE0000-0xFFFFF System board 0x40000000-0xFFFFFFFF PCI b us T able 6-11 System Memory Map (Continued)
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ1 A Co nnec tor P in A s signm en ts Ta b l e A - 1 Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 3 Data 2 Data â 4 Ground
Aâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in A ssi gnments Ta b l e A - 2 RJ-45 (Netw ork) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 T ransmit 5 Unused 2 T ransmit â 6 Receiv e â 3 Receive 7 Unused 4 Unused 8 Unused
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ3 Ta b l e A - 3 S-Video-Out Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 S-VHS color (C) signal 5 TV -CD 2 Composite video signal 6 S-VHS intensity ground 3 S-VHS intensity (Y) signal 7 Composite video ground 4 S-VHS color ground
Aâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in A ssi gnments Ta b l e A - 4 External Monitor Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Red analog 9 5 VDC 2 Green analog 10 Ground 3 Blue analog 11 Monitor detect 4 Not connected 12 DDC 2B data 5 Ground 13 Hor iz ontal sync 6 Ground analog 14 V er tical sync 7 Ground analog 15 DDC 2B clock 8 Ground analog
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ5 Ta b l e A - 5 RJ-11 (Modem) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Unused 4 Unused 2T i p 5U n u s e d 3 Ring 6 Unused
Aâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in A ssi gnments Ta b l e A - 6 A udio-In (Microphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 3 Ground 2 Audio signal in Ta b l e A - 7 A udio-Out (Headphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 3 Ground 2 Audio out, right channel
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ1 B P o w er C ord Set Requiremen ts 3-Con duc tor P o w er C ord Set The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line v oltage from 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 volts A C. The po wer cord set included with the computer meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment is purchased. Po wer cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where the computer is used.
Bâ2 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P ow er Cord Set R equirements Gen eral R equiremen ts The requirements listed belo w are applicable to all countries. â The length of the po wer cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and a maximum of 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All po wer cord sets must be approved b y an acceptable accredited agency responsible for e v aluation in the country where the po wer cord set will be used. â The po wer cord sets must hav e a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal v oltage rating of 125 or 250 V A C, as required by each countryâ s po wer system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical conf iguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the ap pliance inlet on the back of the computer .
P ow er Cor d Set Requir ements Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ3 Coun tr y-Spec ific Requirements 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements Country/Region Accredited Agency Applicable Note Number A u stralia EANSW 1 Au s t r i a O V E 1 Belgium C EBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMK O 1 Finland FIMK O 1 F rance UTE 1 Ger many VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Jap a n ME T I 3 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xible cord, and wa ll plug must bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentori Law . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration.
Bâ4 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P ow er Cord Set R equirements Ko r e a E K 4 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norwa y NEMK O 1 P eopleâ s Republic of China CCC 5 Sweden SEMK O 1 Switzerland SEV 1 T aiw an BSMI 4 United Kingdom BSI 1 United States UL 2 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xible cord, and wa ll plug must bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentori Law . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The fle xible cord must be T ype R VV , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance co upler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency resp onsible f or e valuation in the countr y where it will be used. 5. The fle xible cord must be T ype VC TF , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements (Continued) Country/Region Accredited Agency Applicable Note Number
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ1 C Sc r e w L ist ing This appendix provides specif ication and reference information for the scre ws used in the computer . All scre ws listed in this appendix are a v ailable in the Miscellaneous Scre w Kits, spare part numbers 382402-001 (for use on HP Pa vilion ze2300 models) and 382403-001 (for use on Compaq Presario M2300 models).
Câ2 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã5. 0 Sc re w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 5 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 1 T w o screws that secure the har d drive co v er to the computer (screws are captured on the co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.4 ) 2 T w o screws that secure the memo ry module compar tment cov er to the computer (screws are captured on th e cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.7 ) 3 One scre w that secures the Mini PC I compar tment cov er to the computer (screw is captured on the co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.8 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ3 Phillips P M2 . 5Ã4. 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard driv e fram e to the hard dr iv e (documented in Section 5.4 ) mm
Câ4 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã7 .0 S cr e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 11 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the optical dr iv e to the computer (documented in Section 5.6 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ5 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã7 .0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 11 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the HP P avilion ze2300 computer (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ6 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã7 .0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 11 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the Compaq Presario M2300 computer (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ7 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the k eyboard co v er to the computer (documented in Section 5.9 ) mm
Câ8 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing 2 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the base enclosure to the comp uter on the HP P avilion ze2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ9 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 7 screws that secure the base enclosure to the comp uter on the HP P avilion ze2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the base enclos ure on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ11 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã8.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã8.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Blac k 33 8.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 15 screws that secure the base encl osure on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the LED board to the computer (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ13 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base enclos ure to the HP P avilion z e2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the base enclos ure to the HP P avilion z e2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ15 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the base encl osure to the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the base enclos ure on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ17 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 1 Three screws that secure the heat sink to the computer (documented in Section 5.16 ) 2 One scre w that secures the batter y connector board to the computer (documented in Section 5.19 ) 3 T w o screws that secure the po wer connector board to the computer (documented in Section 5.20 ) 4 One scre w that secures the USB/S-Vid eo controller board to the computer (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
Câ18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the f an to the heat sink (documented in Section 5.17 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ19 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the batter y connector board to computer (documented in Section 5.19 ) mm
Câ20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system bo ard on the HP P avilion ze2300 (documented in Section 5.23 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ21 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 30 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system boar d on the Compaq Presario M2300 (documented in Section 5.23 ) mm
Câ2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã3 .0 S cr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 6 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 4 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard to the computer (documented in Section 5.11 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 3 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã16 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 7 Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 5 16.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 5 screws that secure the base enclos ure on the HP P avilion z e2300 (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M1.5Ã3 . 5 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM1.5Ã3.5 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 2 3.5 mm 1.5 mm 3.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the Bluetooth modu le to the computer (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ1 D Dis pl a y C ompon ent Recy c ling à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Cautio n should be e x er cis ed whe n r emo ving and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . à CA UTION: The pr ocedur es in this appendi x can re sult in damage to displa y components . The only compo nents intended f or recy cling purpo ses ar e the liqui d cry stal displa y (L CD) panel and the bac klight . Car eful handling should be e xer cis ed when r emo v ing these components . â Materials Disposal This HP product contains mercury in the display assembly backlight and may require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of en vironmental considerations. For disposal or rec ycling information, contact your local authorities or visit the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) at http://www .eiae.org .
Dâ2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling This appendix provides disassembl y instructions for the display assembly . The display assembly must be disassembled to gain access to the backlight 1 and the LCD panel 2 . â Disassembly procedures dif fer from one display assembly to another . The procedures provided in this appendix are general disassembly instructions. Specif ic details, such as scre w sizes, quantities, and locations, and co mponent shapes and sizes, can v ary from one computer model to another .
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ3 Perform the follo w ing steps to disassemble the display assembly: 1. Remov e all screw co vers 1 and scre ws 2 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el Sc re w Co vers and S cr e w s
Dâ4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges 1 and the top and bottom inside edges 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages fro m the display assembly . 3. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ5 4. Disconnect all LCD panel cables 1 from the display in verter and remov e the in verter 2 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Inv er ter
Dâ6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 5. Remov e all screws 1 that secure the LCD panel to the display enclosure. 6. Remov e the LCD panel 2 from the display enclosure. R emo v ing the L CD P anel
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ7 7. T urn the LCD panel upside down. 8. Remov e all screws that secure the LCD panel frame to the LCD panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel F r ame Sc re ws
Dâ8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape 1 that secures the side of the LCD panel to the LCD panel frame. 10. Remov e the LCD panel frame 2 from the display panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel F r ame
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ9 11. Remov e the screws 1 that secure the backlight co ver to the LCD panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cov er 2 and swing it forward. 13. Remov e the backlight cove r . R emo v i ng the Bac klight C ov er
Dâ10 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 14. T urn the LCD panel right-side up. 15. Remov e the backlight cables 1 from the clip 2 in the LCD panel. R eleasing the Bac kligh t Cable s
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ11 16. T urn the LCD panel upside down. 17. Remov e the backlight frame from the LCD panel. R emo v i ng the Bac klight F rame
Dâ12 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Cautio n should be e x er cis ed whe n r emo ving and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . 18. Slide the backlight out of the backlight frame. R emo v i ng the Bac klight
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ13 19. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the LCD panel. 20. Remov e the screws 2 that secure the LCD panel to the LCD rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel 3 from the LCD rear panel. 22. Release the tape 4 that secures the LCD panel to the LCD rear panel. R eleasing the L CD P anel
Dâ14 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 23. Remov e the LCD panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel 24. Recycle the backlight and LCD panel.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ1 In de x 1394 port 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot 1â11 6-in-1 Digital Media Slot light 1â11 , 1â25 6-in-1 Memory Reader 1â13 6-in-1 Memory Reader light 1â13 , 1â27 A AC adapter, spare part number 3â18 , 3â20 , 3â26 arrow keys 1â21, 1â23 audio troubleshooting 2â23 audio Y cable 2, spare part number 3â18, 3â21 audio-in jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 audio-out jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 B backpack, spare part number 3â18 , 3â26 base enclosure removal 5â33 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â25 , 5â33 battery bay 1â18 , 1â19 , 1â28 , 1â30 battery connector board removal 5â49 spare part number 3â9 , 3â24 , 5â49 battery light 1â7, 1â9 battery pack removal 5â5 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â20 , 3â26 , 5â5 specifications 6â5 battery pack release latch 1â28 , 1â30 Bluetooth module removal 5â56 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â21 , 3â26 , 5â56 bottom components 1â28, 1â30 C cables, service considerations 4â2 caps lock key 1â21 , 1â23 caps lock light 1â24, 1â26
Inde xâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x components bottom 1â28, 1â30 front 1â6, 1â8 keyboard 1â20, 1â22 left-side 1â14, 1â16 rear 1â16, 1â18, 1â19 right-side 1â10, 1â12 top 1â24, 1â26 computer feet illustrated 3â14 locations 5â10 spare part number 3â15, 3â26 Computer Setup Advanced Menu 2â6 File Menu 2â3 overview 2â1 Security Menu 2â4 Tools Menu 2â5 Computer Setup defaults 2â2 computer specifications 6â1 connector pin assignments audio-in Aâ6 audio-out Aâ6 external monitor Aâ4 headphone Aâ6 microphone Aâ6 modem Aâ5 monitor Aâ4 network Aâ2 RJ-11 Aâ5 RJ-45 Aâ2 S-Video-out Aâ3 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Aâ1 connectors, service considerations 4â2 D design overview 1â32 disassembly sequence chart 5â3 diskette drive OS loading problems 2â21 precautions 4â3 display assembly removal 5â28 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â22 , 3â25 , 5â28 specifications 6â3 display hinge brackets, spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24, 5â28 display release button 1â7 , 1â9 display switch 1â24, 1â26 DMA specifications 6â12 docking device, troubleshooting 2â16 drives, preventing damage 4â3 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part number 3â13, 3â17 , 3â23 , 5â11 specifications 6â8 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Dual Layer Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part number 3â13, 3â17 , 3â25 , 5â11 specifications 6â6
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ3 DVD-ROM drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part number 3â13, 3â17 , 3â23 , 5â11 specifications 6â10 E electrostatic discharge 4â4, 4â8 exhaust vents 1â18, 1â19, 1â29 , 1â31 expansion port 2 1â15 , 1â17 external monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 F fan removal 5â45 spare part number 3â7, 3â24 , 5â45 features 1â2 feet illustrated 3â14 locations 5â10 flowcharts, troubleshooting no audio 2â23, 2â24 no network/modem connection 2â28 no OS loading 2â17 no OS loading from diskette drive 2â21 no OS loading from hard drive 2â18, 2â19, 2â20 no OS loading from optical drive 2â22 no power 2â10 , 2â12 , 2â13 no video 2â14, 2â15 nonfunctioning device 2â25 nonfunctioning docking device 2â16 nonfunctioning keyboard 2â26 nonfunctioning pointing device 2â27 fn key 1â21, 1â23 front components 1â6, 1â8 function keys 1â21, 1â23 G grounding equipment and methods 4â6 H hard drive OS loading problems 2â18 precautions 4â3 removal 5â6 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â25 , 5â6 specifications 6â4 hard drive bay 1â29, 1â31 hard drive cover illustrated 3â14 removal 5â7 headphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 headset, spare part number 3â18 , 3â20
Inde xâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x heat sink removal 5â43 spare part number 3â7, 3â26 , 5â43 hinge cover, spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24, 5â28 I I/O address specifications 6â15 IDE drive light 1â7, 1â9 interrupt specifications 6â13 K keyboard removal 5â24 spare part numbers 3â5, 3â20 , 3â22 , 3â23 , 3â26 , 5â24 troubleshooting 2â26 keyboard components 1â20 , 1â22 keyboard cover removal 5â19 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24 , 5â19 keypad keys 1â21, 1â23 L label area 1â29 , 1â31 LED board removal 5â22 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â24 , 5â22 left-side components 1â14, 1â16 Logo Kit, spare part numbers 3â18 , 3â24 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â16 memory map specifications 6â18 memory module removal 5â13 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â23 , 5â13 memory module compartment 1â28 , 1â30 memory module compartment cover illustrated 3â14 removal 5â14 microphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 Mini PCI communications module removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â20 , 3â21 , 3â25 , 3â26 , 5â16 Mini PCI compartment 1â29, 1â31 Mini PCI compartment cover illustrated 3â14 removal 5â17 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit components 3â14 contents 3â15, 3â23 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â15 , 3â23
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ5 modem jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 modem, troubleshooting 2â28 monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 mouse, spare part number 3â18 , 3â20 mute button 1â25, 1â27 mute light 1â25, 1â27 N network jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 network, troubleshooting 2â28 nonfunctioning device, troubleshooting 2â16, 2â25 notebook entertainment cable 2, spare part number 3â18, 3â21 num lock key 1â21, 1â23 num lock light 1â25, 1â27 O optical drive location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â29 , 1â31 OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â11 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â25 specifications 6â6, 6â8, 6â10 P packing precautions 4â5 PC Card eject buttons 1â15, 1â17 PC Card slot space saver, spare part number 3â15, 3â26 PC Card slots 1â15, 1â17 plastic parts 4â2 pointing device, troubleshooting 2â27 power button 1â25, 1â27 power connector 1â15, 1â17 power connector board removal 5â52 spare part number 3â7 , 3â24 , 5â52 power cord set requirements Bâ2 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 power light 1â7, 1â9 power management features 1â5 power, troubleshooting 2â10 processor removal 5â47 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â21 , 3â22 , 3â24 , 3â25 , 5â47 R rear components 1â16, 1â18, 1â19 remote control, spare part number 3â18, 3â20
Inde xâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x removal/replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 right-side components 1â10 , 1â12 RJ-11 jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 RJ-45 jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 S Screw Kit, spare part number 3â18 , 3â24 screw listing Câ1 SD Card memory module, spare part numbers 3â13, 3â26 security cable slot 1â11, 1â13 serial number 3â1, 5â2 service considerations 4â2 speaker assembly removal 5â41 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â24 , 5â41 speakers 1â7, 1â9 specifications battery pack 6â5 computer 6â1 display 6â3 DMA 6â12 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 6â8 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Dual Layer Combo Drive 6â6 DVD-ROM drive 6â10 hard drive 6â4 I/O addresses 6â15 interrupts 6â13 memory map 6â18 optical drive 6â6 static shielding materials 4â8 S-Video-out jack location 1â11, 1â13 pin assignments Aâ3 system board removal 5â58 spare part number 3â9 , 3â25 , 5â58 system memory map 6â18 T tools required 4â1 top components 1â24, 1â26 top cover, spare part numbers 3â7 , 3â25 TouchPad 1â24 , 1â26 TouchPad buttons 1â24, 1â26 TouchPad horizontal scroll region 1â27 TouchPad vertical scroll region 1â25, 1â27 transporting precautions 4â5 troubleshooting audio 2â23 Computer Setup 2â2 docking device 2â16 flowcharts 2â7 keyboard 2â26 modem 2â28 network 2â28
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ7 nonfunctioning device 2â16 , 2â25 OS loading 2â17 overview 2â1 pointing device 2â27 power 2â10 video 2â14 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â15 , 1â17 pin assignments Aâ1 USB digital drive, spare part number 3â17, 3â20 USB travel mouse, spare part number 3â18, 3â20 USB/S-Video controller board removal 5â54 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â24 , 5â54 V video troubleshooting 2â14 volume button 1â25, 1â27 W Windows applications key 1â21 , 1â23 Windows logo key 1â21 , 1â23 wireless button 1â25 wireless light 1â7, 1â9, 1â27 workstation precautions 4â6